Dharmottara’s Nyāyabinduṭīkā

<1>

<ācāryadharmakīrttipraṇīto nyāyabinduḥprathamaḥ pratyakṣaparicchedaḥ ।>

1

<prathamaḥ pratyakṣaparicchedaḥ>

1,i (NBṬ_1,i)

oṃ namo vīttarāgāya ।

1.1

1,ii (NBṬ_1,ii_7,ii)

("samyagjñānapūrvikā sarvapuruṣārthasiddhiriti tad vyutpādyate ॥ 1 ॥")(NB 1.1)

<ācāryadharmottaraviracitā nyāyabinduṭīkā>

1,iii

jayanti jātivyasanaprabandhaprasūtihetorjagato vijetuḥ /

rāgādyarāteḥ sugatasya vāco manastamatānavamādadhānāḥ //

<5>

5,i

samyagjñānapūrviketyādinā'sya prakaraṇasyābhidheyaprayojanamucyate ।

<7>

7,i

dvividhaṃ hi prakaraṇaśarīram — śabdaḥ, arthaśca ।

7,ii

tatra śabdasya svābhidheyapratipādanameva prayojanam । nānyat । atastanna nirūpyate ।

7,iii (NBṬ_7,iii_8,ii)

abhidheyaṃ tu yadi niṣprayojanaṃ syāt tadā tatpratipattaye śabdasandarbho'pi nārambhaṇīyaḥ syāt ।

<8>

8,i

yathā kākadantaprayojanābhāvāt na tatparīkṣā ārambhaṇīyā prekṣāvatā ।

8,ii

tasmādasya prakaraṇasyārambhaṇīyatvaṃ darśayatā adhiyaprayojanamanenocyate । yasmāt samyagjñānapūrvikā sarvapuruṣārthasiddhiḥ, tasmāt tatpratipattaye idamārabhyata ityayamatra vākyārthaḥ ।

8,iii (NBṬ_8,iii_10,i)

atra ca prakaraṇābhidheyasya samyagjñānasya sarvapuruṣārthasiddhihetutvaṃ prayojanamuktam ।

<9>

9,i

masmiṃścārtha ucyamāne sambandhaprayojanābhidheyāni uktāni bhavanti ।

<10>

10,i

tathāhi — puruṣārthopayogi samyagjñānaṃ vyutpādayitavyamanena prakaraṇeneti bruvatā samyagjñānamasya śabdasandarbhasyābhidheyam, tadvyutpādanaṃ prayojanam, prakaraṇaṃ cedamapāyo vyutpādanasyetyuktaṃ bhavati ।

10,ii (NBṬ_10,ii)

tasmādabhidheyabhāgapra yojanābhidhānasāmarthyāt sambandhādīni uktāni bhavanti । na tvidamekaṃ dhākyaṃ sambandham, abhidheyam, prayojanaṃ ca vaktuṃ sākṣāt samartham । ekaṃ tu vadat trayaṃ sāmarthyāt darśayati । tatra —

<11>

tad iti abhidheyapadam । vyutpādyata iti prayojanapadam । prayojanaṃ cātra vaktuḥ prakaraṇakaraṇavyāpārasya cintyate, śrotuśca śravaṇavyāpārasya ।

11,i (NBṬ_11,i)

tathā hi — sarve prekṣāvantaḥ pravṛttiprayojanamanviṣya pravarttante । tataścācāryeṇa prakaraṇaṃ kimarthaṃ kṛtam, śrotṛbhiśca kimarthaṃ śrūyata iti saṃśaye vyutpādanaṃ prayojanamabhidhīyate । samyagjñānaṃ vyutpadyamānānāmātmānaṃ vyutpādakaṃ karttuṃ prakaraṇamidaṃ kṛtam । śiṣyaiścācāryaprayuktāmātmano vyutpattimicchadibhaḥ prakaraṇamidaṃ śrūyata iti prakaraṇakaraṇaśravaṇayoḥ prayojanaṃ vyutpādanam ।

<12>

12,i (NBṬ_12,i_13,ii)

sambandhapradarśanapadaṃ tu na vidyate । sāmarthyādeva tu sa pratipattavyaḥ ।

12,ii

prekṣāvatā hi samyagjñānavavyutpādanāya prakaraṇamidamārabdhavatā "ayamevopāyo nānyaḥ" iti darśita evopāyopeyabhāvaḥ prakaraṇaprayojanayoḥ sambandha iti ।

<13>

13,i

nanu ca prakaraṇaśravaṇāt prāg uktānyapi abhidheyādīni pramāṇābhāvāt prekṣāvadbhirna gṛhyante । tat kimetairārambhapradeśe uktaiḥ ?

13,ii

satyam । aśrute prakaraṇe kathitānyapi na niścīyante । ukteṣu tvapramāṇakeṣvapyabhidheyādiṣu saṃśaya utpadyate । saṃśayācca pravarttante । arthasaṃśayo'pi hi pravṛttyaṅgaṃ prekṣāvatām । <14> anarthaṃ saṃśayo'pi nivṛttyaṅgam । ata eva śāstrakāreṇaiva pūrva sambandhādīni yujyante vaktum ।

14,i (NBṬ_14,i)

vyākhyātṛṇāṃ hi vacanaṃ krīḍādyarthamanyathāpi sambhāvyate । śāstrakṛtāṃ tu prakaraṇaprārambhe na viparītābhidheyādyabhidhāne prayojanamutpaśyāmo nāpi pravṛttim । atasteṣu saṃśayo yuktaḥ । anukteṣu tu pratipattṛbhirniṣprayojanamabhidheyaṃ saṃbhāvyetā'sya prakaraṇasya kākadantaparīkṣāyā iva, aśakyānuṣṭhānaṃ vā jvaraharatakṣakacūḍāratnālaṅkāropadeśavad, anabhimataṃ vā prayojanaṃ mātṛvivāhakramopadeśavad, ato vā prakaraṇāt laghutara upāyaḥ prayojanasya, anupāya eva vā prakaraṇaṃ sambhāvyeta ।

<15>

15,i (NBṬ_15,i_17,i)

etāsu cānarthasambhāvanāsvekasyāmapyanarthasambhāvanāyāṃ na prekṣāvantaḥ pravartante । <16> abhidheyādiṣu tūkteṣvarthasaṃbhāvanā anarthasambhāvanāviruddhā utpadyate । tayā prekṣāvantaḥ pravartante iti prekṣāvatāṃ pravṛttanyaṅgamarthasambhāvanāṃ kartuṃ sambandhādīnyabhidhīyanta iti sthitam ।

<17>

17,i

avisaṃvādakaṃ jñānaṃ samyagjñānam ।

17,ii (NBṬ_17,ii)

loke ca pūrvamupadarśitamarthaṃ prāpayan saṃvādaka ucyate । tadvajjñānamapi svayaṃ pradarśitamarthaṃ prāpayat saṃvādakamucyate । pradarśite cārthe pravarttakatvameva prāpakatvam, nānyat । tathā hi — na <18> jñānaṃ janayadarthaṃ prāpayati, api tvarthe puruṣaṃ pravarttayat prāpayatyartham । pravarttakatvamapi pravṛttiviṣayapradarśakatvameva । na hi puruṣaṃ haṭhāt pravarttayitu śaknoti vijñānam ।

<19>

19,i (NBṬ_19,i)

ata eva cārthādhigatireva pramāṇaphalam । adhigate cārthe pravartitaḥ puruṣaḥ prāpitaścārthaḥ । tathā ca satyarthādhigamāt samāptaḥ pramāṇavyāpāraḥ । ata eva cānadhigataviṣayaṃ pramāṇam । yenaiva hi jñānana prathamamadhigato'rthaḥ, tenaiva pravarttitaḥ puruṣaḥ, prāpitaścārthaḥ । tatraiva cātha kimanyena jñānenādhikaṃ kāryam ? ato'dhigataviṣayamapramāṇam ।

<20>

20,i (NBṬ_20,i)

tatra yortho dṛṣṭatvena jñātaḥ sa pratyakṣeṇa pravṛttiviṣayīkṛtaḥ । yasmād yasminnarthe pratyakṣasya sākṣātkāritvavyāpāro vikalpenānugamyate tasya pradarśakaṃ pratyakṣam; tasmād dṛṣṭatayā jñātaḥ pratyakṣadarśitaḥ । anumānaṃ tu ligadarśanānniṃścinvat pravṛttiviṣayaṃ darśayati । <21> tathā ca pratyakṣaṃ pratibhāsanaṃ niyatamarthaṃ darśayati । anumānaṃ ca liṅgasambaddhaṃ niyatamarthaṃ darśayati । ata ete niyatasyārthasya pradarśake । tena te pramāṇe । nānyadvijñānam ।

21,i (NBṬ_21,i_22,i)

prāptuṃ śakyamarthamādarśayat prāpakam । prāpakatvācca pramāṇam ।

<22>

22,i

ābhyāṃ pramāṇābhyāmanyena ca jñānena darśito'rthaḥ kaścidatyantaviparyastaḥ । yathā marīcikāsu jalam । sa cāsattvāt prāptumaśakyaḥ । kaścidaniyato bhāvābhāvayoḥ । yathā saṃśayārthaḥ । na ca bhāvābhāvābhyāṃ yukto'rtho jagatyasti । tataḥ prāptumaśakyastādṛśaḥ ।

22,ii (NBṬ_22,ii)

sarveṇa cāliṅgena vikalpena niyāmakamadṛṣṭvā pravṛttena bhāvābhāvayoraniyata <23> evārtho darśayitavyaḥ । sa ca prāptumaśakyaḥ । tasmādaśakyaprāpaṇam — atyantaviparītam, bhāvābhāvāniyataṃ cārthaṃ darśayad apramāṇamanyajjñānam । arthakriyārthibhiścārthakriyāsamarthavastuprāptinimitaṃ jñānaṃ mṛgyate । yacca tairmṛgyate tadeva śāstre vicāryate । tato'rthakriyāsamarthavastupradarśakaṃ samyagjñānam ।

<24>

24,i (NBṬ_24,i_25,i)

yacca tena pradarśitaṃ tadeva prāpaṇīyam । arthādhigamātmakaṃ hi prāpakamityuktam । <25> tatra pradarśitādanyadvastu bhinnākāram, bhinnadeśam, bhinnakālaṃ ca । viruddhadharmasaṃsargāddhi anyad vastu । deśakālākārabhedaśca viruddhadharmasaṃsargaḥ ।

25,i

tasmād anyākāravadvastugrāhi nākārāntaravati vastuni pramāṇam । yathā pītaśaṅkhagrāhi śukle śaṅkhe । deśāntarasthagrāhi ca na deśāntarasthe pramāṇam । yathā kuñcikāvivaradeśasthāyāṃ maṇiprabhāyāṃ maṇigrāhi jñānaṃ nāpavarakasthe maṇau । kālāntarayuktagrāhi ca na kālāntaravati vastuni pramāṇam । yathārddharātre madhyāhnakālavastugrāhi svapnajñānaṃ nārdharātrakāle vastuni pramāṇam ।

<26>

26,i (NBṬ_26,i)

nanu ca deśaniyatam, ākāraniyataṃ ca prāpayituṃ śakyam । yatkālaṃ tu paricchinnaṃ tatkālaṃ na śakyaṃ prāpayitum । nocyate — yasminnevakāle paricchidyate tasminneva kāle prāpayitavyamiti । anyo hi darśanakālaḥ, anyaśca prāptikālaḥ । kintu yatkālaṃ paricchinnaṃ tadeva tena prāpaṇīyam । abhedādhyavasāyācca santānagatamekatvaṃ draṣṭavyamiti ।

<27>

27,i (NBṬ_27,i_28,i)

samyagjñānaṃ pūrvaṃ kāraṇaṃ yasyāḥ sā tathoktā । kāryāt pūrvaṃ bhavat kāraṇaṃ pūrvamuktam । kāraṇaśabdopādāne tu puruṣārthasiddheḥ sākṣātkāraṇaṃ gamyeta । pūrvaśabde tu pūrvamātram ।

<28>

28,i

dvividhaṃ ca samyagjñānaṃ — arthakriyānirbhāsam, arthakriyāsamarthe ca pravarttakam । tayormadhye yat pravartakaṃ tadiha parīkṣyate । tacca pūrvamātram । na tu sākṣātkāraṇam । samyagjñāne hi sati pūrvadṛṣṭasmaraṇam । smaraṇādabhilāṣaḥ । abhilāṣāt pravṛttiḥ । pravṛtteśca prāptiḥ । tato na sākṣāddhetuḥ ।

<29>

29,i (NBṬ_29,i)

arthakriyānirbhāsaṃ tu yadyapi sākṣāt prāptiḥ, tathāpi tanna parīkṣaṇīyam । yatraiva hi prekṣāvanto'rthinaḥ sāśaṅkāḥ, tat parīkṣyate । arthakriyānirbhāse ca jñāte sati siddhaḥ puruṣārthaḥ । tena tatra na sāśaṅkā arthinaḥ । atastanna parīkṣaṇīyam । tasmāt parīkṣārhamasākṣāt kāraṇaṃ samyagjñānamādarśayituṃ kāraṇaśabdaṃ parityajya pūrvagrahaṇaṃ kṛtam ।

<30>

30,i (NBṬ_30,i)

puruṣasyārthaḥ puruṣārthaḥ । arthyata ityarthaḥ kāmyata iti yāvat । hayo'rthaḥ, upādeyo vā । heyo hyartho hātumiṣyate, upādeyo'pi upādātum । na ca heyopādeyābhyāmanyo rāśirasti । upekṣaṇīyo hyanupādeyatvāt heya eva । tasya siddhiḥ — hānam, upādānaṃ ca । hetunibandhanā hi siddhirutpattirucyate । jñānanibandhanā tu siddhiranuṣṭhānam । heyasya ca hānamanuṣṭhānam upādeyasya copādānam । tato heyopādeyayorhānopādānalakṣaṇānuṣṭhitiḥ siddhirityucyate ।

<31>

31,i (NBṬ_31,i)

sarvā cāsau puruṣārthasiddhiśceti । sarvaśabda iha dravyakārtsanye vṛtto na tu prakārakārtsnye । tato nāyamarthaḥ — dviprakārāpi siddhiḥ samyagjñānanibandhanaiveti । api tvayamarthaḥ — yā kācit siddhiḥ sā sarvā kṛtsnaivāsau samyagjñānanibandhaneti । mithyājñānāddhi kākatālīyā'pi nāstyarthasiddhiḥ । tathā hi — yadi pradarśitamarthaṃ prāpayatyevaṃ tato bhavatyarthasiddhiḥ । <32> pradarśitaṃ ca prāpayat samyagjñānameva । pradarśitaṃ cāprāpayat mithyājñānam । aprāpakaṃ ca kathamarthasiddhinibandhanaṃ syāt? tasmād yanmithyājñānaṃ na tato'rthasiddhiḥ । yataścārthasiddhistat samyagjñānameva । ata eva samyagjñānaṃ yatnato vyutpādanīyam । yatastadeva puruṣārthasiddhinibandhanam ।

<34>

34,i (NBṬ_34,i_34,iii)

tato yāvad brūyāt yā kācit puruṣārthasiddhiḥ sā samyagjñānanibandhanaiveti tāvaduktaṃ sarvā sā samyagjñānapūrviketi । itiśabdastasmādityasminnarthe । yattadośca nityamabhisambandhaḥ । tadayamarthaḥ — yasmāt samyagjñānapūrvikā sarvapuruṣārthasiddhiḥ, tasmāt tat samyagjñānaṃ vyutpādyate ।

34,ii

yadyapi ca samāse guṇībhūtaṃ samyajñānaṃ tathāpīha prakaraṇe vyutpādayitavyatvāt pradhānam । tatastasyaiva tacchabdena sambandhaḥ ।

34,iii

vyutpādyate iti vipratipattinirākaraṇena pratipādyate iti ॥

<35>

1.2

35,i (NBṬ_35,i_36,i)

caturvidhā cātra vipratipattiḥ saṃkhyālakṣaṇagocaraphalaviṣayā । tatra saṃkhyāvipratiprattiṃ nirākarttumāha —

("dvividhaṃ samyagjñānam ॥ 2 ॥")(NB 1.2)

35,ii

dvividham iti — dvau vidhau prakārāvasyeti dvividham । saṃkhyāpradarśanadvāreṇa ca vyaktibhedo darśito bhavati ।

<36>

36,i

dve eva samyagjñānavyaktī iti । vyaktibhede ca pradarśite prativyaktiniyataṃ samyagjñānalakṣaṇamākhyātuṃ śakyam । apradarśite tu vyaktibhede sakalavyaktatyanuyāyi samyagjñānalakṣaṇamekaṃ na śakyaṃ vaktum । tato lakṣaṇa kathanāṅgameva saṃkhyābhedakathanam । apradarśite tu vyaktibhedātmake saṃkhyābhede lakṣaṇabhedasya darśayitumaśakyatvāt । lakṣaṇanirdeśāṅgatvādeva ca prathamaṃ saṃkhyābhedakathanam ॥

<37>

1.3

37,i (NBṬ_37,i_38,i)

kiṃ punastad dvaividhyamityāha —

("pratyakṣamanumānañceti ॥ 3 ॥")(NB 1.3)

<38>

38,i

pratyakṣamiti । pratigatamāśritam akṣam । atyādayaḥ krāntādyarthe dvitīyayā iti samāsaḥ । prāptāpannālaṅgati samāseṣu paravalliṅgapratiṣedhād abhidheyavalliṅge sati sarvaliṅgaḥ pratyakṣaśabdaḥ siddhaḥ । akṣāśritatvaṃ ca vyutpattirnimittaṃ śabdasya । na tu pravṛttinimittam । anena tvakṣāśritatvenaikā rthasamaveta marthasākṣātkāritvaṃ lakṣyate । tadeva śabdasya pravṛttinimittam । tataścā yatkiñcidarthasya sākṣātkāri jñānaṃ tat pratyakṣamucyate ।

<39>

39,i (NBṬ_39,i_39,ii)

yadi tvakṣāśritatvameva pravṛttinimittaṃ syād indriyavijñānameva pratyakṣamucyeta, na mānasādi । yathā "gacchatīti gauḥ" iti gamanakriyāyāṃ vyutpādito'pi gośabdo gamanakriyopalakṣitamekārthasamavetaṃ gotvaṃ pravṛttinimittīkaroti । tathā ca gacchatyagacchati ca gavi gośabdaḥ siddho bhavati ।

39,ii

mīyate'neneti mānam । karaṇasādhanena mānaśabdena sārūpyalakṣaṇaṃ pramāṇamabhidhīyate । liṅgagrahaṇa sambandhasmaraṇasya paścāt mānam anumānam । gṛhīte pakṣadharme smṛte ca <40> sādhyasādhanasambandhe'numānaṃ pravarttata iti paścātkālabhāvyucyate । cakāraḥ pratyakṣānumānayostulyabalatvaṃ samuccinoti । yathārthāvinābhāvitvādarthaṃ prāpayat pratyakṣaṃ pramāṇam, tadvadarthāvinābhāvitvād anumānamapi paricchinnamarthaṃ prāyapat pramāṇamiti ॥

1.4

40,i (NBṬ_40,i_40,ii)

("tatra pratyakṣaṃ kalpanā'poḍhamabhrāntam ॥ 4 ॥")(NB 1.4)

40,ii

tatreti saptamyarthe varttamāno nirdhāraṇe varttate । tatoyaṃ vākyārthaḥ — tatra tayoḥ pratyakṣānamānayoriti samudāyanirdeśaḥ । pratyakṣam ityekadeśanirdeśaḥ । tatra samudāyāt pratyakṣatvajātyaikadeśasya pṛthakkaraṇaṃ nirdhāraṇam । tatra pratyakṣamanūdya kalpanā'poḍhatvam, abhrāntatvaṃ ca vidhīyate । yat tat bhavatām asmākaṃ cārtheṣu sākṣātkāri jñānaṃ prasiddhaṃ tat kalpanā'poḍhābhrāntatvayuktaṃ draṣṭavyam ।

<41>

41,i (NBṬ_41,i_41,ii)

na caitanmantavyam — kalpanā'poḍhā'bhrāntatvaṃ cedaprasiddham, kimanyat pratyakṣasya jñānasya rūpamavaśiṣyate yat pratyakṣaśabdavācyaṃ sad anūdyeteti । yasmādindriyānvayavyatirekānuvidhāyyartheṣu sākṣātkārijñānaṃ pratyakṣaśabdavācyaṃ sarveṣāṃ prasiddham, tadanuvādena kalpanā'poḍhābhrāntatvavidhiḥ ।

41,ii

kalpanāyā apoḍham apetaṃ kalpanāpoḍham । kalpanā svabhāvena rahitamityarthaḥ । abhrānta<42>marthakriyākṣame vasturūpe'viparyastamucyate । arthakriyākṣamaṃ ca vasturūpaṃ sanniveśopādhivarṇātmakam । tatra yanna bhrāmyati tadabhrāntam ।

<44>

44,i (NBṬ_44,i)

etacca lakṣaṇadvayaṃ vipratipattinirāsārtham, na tvanumānanivṛttyartham । yataḥ <45> kalpanā'poḍhagrahaṇenaivānumānaṃ nivartitam । tatrāsatyabhrāntagrahaṇe gacchadvṛkṣadarśanādi pratyakṣaṃ kalpanā'poḍhatvāt syāt । tato hi pravṛttena vṛkṣamātramavāpyate iti saṃvādakatvāt samyagjñānam, kalpanā'poḍhatvācca pratyakṣamiti syādāśaṅkā । tannivṛttyartham abhrāntagrahaṇam । taddhi bhrāntatvāt na pratyakṣam । trirūpaliṅgajatvābhāvācca nānumānam । na ca pramāṇāntaramasti । ato gacchadvṛkṣadarśanādi mithyājñānamityuktaṃ bhavati ।

<46>

46,i (NBṬ_46,i_46,ii)

yadi mithyājñānam kathaṃ tato vṛkṣāvāptiriti cet, na tato vṛkṣāvāptiḥ । nānādeśagāmī hi vṛkṣastena paricchinnaḥ । ekadeśaniyataśca vṛkṣo'vāpyate । tato yaddeśo gacchadvṛkṣo dṛṣṭaḥ, taddeśo nāvāpyate । yaddeśaścāvāpyate sa na dṛṣṭa iti na tasmāt kaścidartho'vāpyate । jñānāntarādeva tu vṛkṣādirartho'vāpyate । ityevamabhrāntagrahaṇaṃ vipratipattinirāsārtham ।

46,ii

tathā abhrāntagrahaṇenāpyanumāne nivartite kalpanāpoḍhagrahaṇaṃ vipratipattinirā<47>karaṇārtham । bhrāntaṃ hi anumānaṃ svapratibhāse'narthe'rthādhyavasāyena pravṛttatvāt । pratyakṣaṃ tu grāhye rūpe na viparyastam ।

47,i (NBṬ_47,i)

na tu avisaṃvādakamabhrāntamiha grahītavyam । yataḥ samyagjñānameva pratyakṣam, nānyat । tatra samyagjñānatvādevā'visaṃvādakatve labdhe punaravisaṃvādakagrahaṇaṃ niṣprayojanameva । evaṃ hi vākyārthaḥ syāt — pratyakṣākhyaṃ yadavisaṃvādakaṃ jñānaṃ tat kalpanāpoḍhamavisaṃvādakaṃ ceti । na cānena dviravisaṃvādakagrahaṇena kiñcit । tasmād grāhye'rthakriyākṣame vasturūpe yadaviparyastaṃ tadabhrāntamiha veditavyam ॥

1.5

47,ii (NBṬ_47,ii_47,iii)

kīdṛśī punaḥ kalpaneha gṛhyata ityāha —

("abhilāpasaṃsargayogyapratibhāsā pratītiḥ kalpanā ॥ 5 ॥")(NB 1.5)

47,iii

abhilāpetyādi । abhilapyate'neneti abhilāpaḥ vācakaḥ śabdaḥ । abhilāpena saṃsargaḥ — abhilāpasaṃsargaḥ — ekasmin jñāne'bhidheyākārasyābhidhānākāreṇa sahagrāhyākāratayā <48> tato yadaikasmiñjñāne'bhidheyābhidhānayorākārau saṃniviṣṭau bhavatastadā saṃsṛṣṭe abhidhānābhidheye bhavataḥ । abhilāpasaṃsargāya yogyo'bhidheyākāra(rā) bhāso yasyāṃ pratītau sā tathoktā ।

48,i (NBṬ_48,i)

tatra kācit pratītirabhilāpa saṃsṛṣṭābhāsā bhavati । yathā vyutpannasaṅketasya ghaṭārthakalpanā ghaṭaśabdasaṃsṛṣṭārthāvabhāsā bhavati । kācittvabhilāpenāsaṃsṛṣṭāpi abhilāpasaṃsargayogyābhāsā bhavati । yathā bālakasyāvyutpannasaṅketasya kalpanā । tatra "abhilāpasaṃsṛṣṭābhāsā kalpanā" ityuktāvavyutpannasaṅketasya kalpanā na saṃgṛhyeta । yogyagrahaṇe tusāpi saṃgṛhyate । yadyapi abhilāpasaṃsṛṣṭābhāsā na bhavati tadaharjātasya bālakasya kalpanā, abhilāpasaṃsargayogyapratibhāsā tu bhavatyeva । yā cābhilāpasaṃsṛṣṭā sāpi yogyā । tata ubhayorapi yogyagrahaṇena saṃgrahaḥ ।

<49>

49,i (NBṬ_49,i)

asatyabhilāpasaṃsarge kuto yogyatāvasitiriti cet । aniyatapratibhāsatvāt । aniyatapratibhāsatvaṃ ca pratibhāsaniyamahetorabhāvāt । grāhyo hyartho vijñānaṃ janayanniyatapratibhāsaṃ kuryāt । yathā rūpaṃ cakṣurvijñānaṃ janayanniyatapratibhāsaṃ janayati । vikalpavijñānaṃ tvarthānnotpadyate । tataḥ pratibhāsaniyamahetorabhāvādaniyatapratibhāsam ।

<50>

50,i (NBṬ_50,i)

kutaḥ punaretadvikalpo'rthānnotpadyata iti? arthasannidhinirapekṣatvāt । bālo'pi hi yāvad dṛśyamānaṃ stanaṃ "sa evāyam" iti pūrvadṛṣṭatvena na pratyavamṛśati tāvannoparatarudito <51> mukhamarpayati stane । pūrvadṛṣṭāparadṛṣṭaṃ cārthamekīkurvad vijñānamasannihitaviṣayam, pūrvadṛṣṭatvasyāsannihitatvāt । asannihitaviṣayaṃ cārthanirapekṣam । anapekṣaṃ ca pratibhāsaniyamahetorabhāvādaniyatapratibhāsam । tādṛśaṃ cābhilāpasaṃsargayogyam ।

<52>

52,i (NBṬ_52,i_52,ii)

indriyavijñānaṃ tu sannihitārthamātragrāhitvādarthasāpekṣam । arthasya ca pratibhāsanivamahetutvānniyatapratibhāsam । tato nābhilāpasaṃsargayogyam ।

52,ii

ata eva svalakṣaṇasyāpi vācyavācakabhāvamabhyupagamyaitadavikalpakatvamucyate । yadyapi hi svalakṣaṇameva vācyaṃ vācakaṃ ca bhavet tathāpi abhilāpasaṃsṛṣṭārtha vijñānaṃ savikalpakam । na cendriyavijñānam arthena niyamitapratibhāsatvād abhilāpasaṃsargayogyapratibhāsaṃ bhavatīti nirvikalpakram ।

52,iii (NBṬ_52,iii_53,i)

śrotrajñānaṃ tarhi śabdasvalakṣaṇagrāhi śabdasvalakṣaṇaṃ ca kiñcidvācyaṃ kiñcidvācakam — ityabhilāpasaṃsargayogyapratibhāsaṃ syāt । tathā ca savikalpakaṃ syāt ।

52,iv

naiṣa doṣaḥ । satyapi svalakṣaṇasya vācyavācakabhāve saṃketakāladṛṣṭatvena gṛhyamāṇaṃ <53> svalakṣaṇaṃ vācyaṃ vācakaṃ ca gṛhītaṃ syāt । na ca saṃketakālabhāvi darśanaviṣayatvaṃ vastunaḥ sampratyasti । yathā hi saṃketakālabhāvi darśanamadya niruddham, tadvat tadviṣayatvamapi arthasyādya nāsti । tataḥ pūrvakāladṛṣṭatvamapaśyacchotrajñānaṃ na vācyavācakabhāvagrāhi ।

53,i

anenaiva nyāyena yogijñānamapi sakalaśabdārthāvabhāsitve'pi saṃketakāladṛṣṭatvāgrahaṇānnirvikalpakam ॥

<54>

1.6

54,i (NBṬ_54,i_54,ii)

("tayā rahitaṃ timirāśubhramaṇanauyānasaṃkṣobhādyanāhitavibhramaṃ jñānaṃ pratyakṣam ॥ 6 ॥")(NB 1.6)

54,ii

tayā kalpanayā kalpanāsvabhāvena rahitaṃ śūnyaṃ sajjñānaṃ yadabhrāntaṃ tat pratyakṣam iti pareṇa sambandhaḥ । kalpanāpoḍhatvābhrāntatve parasparasāpekṣe pratyakṣalakṣaṇam, na pratyekamiti darśayituṃ tayā rahitaṃ yadabhrāntaṃ tat pratyakṣamiti lakṣaṇayoḥ parasparasāpekṣayoḥ pratyakṣaviṣatyavaṃ darśitamiti ॥

<55>

55,i (NBṬ_55,i)

timiram akṣṇorviplavaḥ । indriyagatamidaṃ vibhramakāraṇam । āśubhramaṇam alātādeḥ । mandaṃ hi bhramyamāṇe'lātādau na cakrabhrāntirutpadyate । tadartham āśugrahaṇena viśeṣyate bhramaṇam । etacca viṣayagataṃ vibhramakāraṇam । nāvā gamanaṃ nauyānam । gacchantyāṃ nāvi sthitasya gacchadvṛkṣādibhrāntirutpadyate iti yānagrahaṇam । etacca bāhyāśrayasthitaṃra vibhramakāraṇam । saṃkṣobho vātapittaśleṣmaṇām । vātādiṣu hi kṣobhaṃ gateṣu jvalitastambhādibhrāntirutpadyate etaccādhyātmagataṃ vibhramakāraṇam ।

55,ii (NBṬ_55,ii_55,iii)

sarvaireva ca vibhramakāraṇairindriyaviṣayabāhyādhyātmikāśrayagatairindriyameva vikarttavyam । avikṛte indriye indriyabhrāntyayogāt । ete saṃkṣobhaparyantā ādayo yeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ । ādigrahaṇena kācakāmalādaya indriyasthā gṛhyante । āśunayanānayanādayo viṣayasthāḥ । āśunayanānayane hi kāryamāṇe'lāte'nnivarṇadaṇḍābhāsā bhrāntirbhavati । hastiyānādayo bāhyāśrayasthāḥ, gāḍhamarmaprahārādaya ādhyātmikāśrayasthā vibhramahetavo gṛhyante ।

55,iii

tairanāhito vibhramo yasmiṃstathāvidhaṃ jñānaṃ pratyakṣam ॥

<56>

1.7

56,i (NBṬ_56,i_56,ii)

tadevaṃ lakṣaṇamākhyāya yairindriyameva draṣṭṛ kalpitaṃ mānasapratyakṣalakṣaṇe ca doṣa udbhāvitaḥ, svasaṃvedanaṃ ca nābhyupagatam, yogijñānaṃ ca; teṣāṃ vipratipattinirākaraṇārthaṃ prakārabhedaṃ pratyakṣasya darśayannāha —

("tat caturvidham ॥ 7 ॥")(NB 1.7)

56,ii

tat caturvidhamiti ॥

1.8

56,iii (NBṬ_56,iii_56,iv)

("indriyajñānam ॥ 8 ॥")(NB 1.8)

56,iv

indriyasya jñānam indriyajñānam । indriyāśritaṃ yat tat pratyakṣam ।

<57>

1.9

57,i (NBṬ_57,i_58,i)

mānasa pratyakṣe parairyo doṣa udbhāvitastaṃ nirākarttuṃ mānasapratyakṣalakṣaṇamāha —

("svaviṣayānantaraviṣayasahakāriṇendriyajñānena samanantarapratyayena janitaṃ tanmanovijñānam ॥ 9 ॥")(NB 1.9)

<58>

58,i

sva ātmīyo viṣaya indriya jñānasya tasya anantaraḥ — na vidyate'ntaramasyeti । antaraṃ ca vyavadhānaṃ viśeṣaścocyate । tataścāntare pratiṣiddhe samānajātīyo dvitīyakṣaṇabhāvyupādeyakṣaṇa indriyavijñānaviṣayasya gṛhyate । tathā ca sati indriya jñānaviṣayakṣaṇāduttarakṣaṇa ekasantānāntarbhūto gṛhītaḥ । sa sahakārī yasyendriyajñānasya tat tathoktam । dvividhaśca sahakārī — parasparopakārī ekakāryakārī ca । iha ca kṣaṇike vastunyatiśayādhānā'yogādekakāryakāritvena sahakārī gṛhyate ।

<59>

59,i (NBṬ_59,i_59,ii)

viṣayavijñānābhyāṃ hi manovijñānamekaṃ kriyate yatastadanayoḥ paraspara sahakāritvam ।

59,ii

īdṛśenedrinyavijñānenālambanabhūtenāpi yogijñānaṃ janyate । tannirāsārthaṃ samanantarapratyayagrahaṇaṃ kṛtam । samaścāsau jñānatvena, anantaraścāsau avyavahitatvena, sa cāsau pratyayaśca hetutvāt samanantarapratyayaḥ, tena janitam ।

<60>

60,i (NBṬ_60,i_61,ii)

tadanenaikasantānāntarbhūtayorevendriyajñāna-manovijñānayorjanyajanakabhāve manovijñānaṃ pratyakṣamityuktaṃ bhavati । tato yogijñānaṃ parasantānavartti nirastam ।

<61>

61,i

yadā cendriyajñānaviṣayādanyo viṣayo manovijñānasya tadā gṛhītagrahaṇādāsañjito'prāmāṇyadoṣo nirastaḥ ।

61,ii

yadā cendriya vijñānaviṣayopādeyabhūtaḥ kṣaṇo gṛhītaḥ, tadendriyajñānenāgṛhītasya viṣayāntarasya grahaṇādandhabadhirādyabhāvadoṣaprasaṅgonirastaḥ ।

<62>

62,i (NBṬ_62,i_63,i)

etacca manovijñānamuparatavyāpāre cakṣuṣi pratyakṣamivyate । vyāpāravati tu cakṣuṣi yadrūpajñānaṃ tatsarvaṃ cakṣurāśritameva । itarathā cakṣurāśritatvānupapattiḥ kasyacidapi vijñānasya ।

<63>

63,i

etacca siddhāntaprasiddhaṃ mānasaṃ pratyakṣam । na tvasya prasādhakamasti pramāṇam । evaṃjātīyakaṃ tad yadi syāt na kaścid doṣaḥ syāditi vaktuṃ lakṣaṇamākhyātamasyeti ॥

<64>

1.10

64,i (NBṬ_64,i_64,ii)

svasaṃvedanamākhyātumāha —

("sarvacittacaittānāmātmasaṃvedanam ॥ 10 ॥")(NB 1.10)

64,ii

sarvacittetyādi । cittam arthamātragrāhi । caittā viśeṣāvasthāgrāhiṇaḥ sukhādayaḥ । sarve ca te cittacaittāśca sarvacittacaittāḥ । sukhādaya eva sphuṭānubhavatvāt svasaṃviditāḥ, nānyā cittāvasthetyetadāśaṅkānivṛttyarthaṃ sarvagrahaṇaṃ kṛtam । nāsti sā kācit cittāvasthā yasyāmātmanaḥ saṃvedanaṃ na pratyakṣaṃ syāt ।

64,iii (NBṬ_64,iii_66,ii)

yena hi rūpeṇātmā vedyate tadrūpamātmasaṃvedanaṃ pratyakṣam ।

<65>

65,i

iha ca rūpādau vastuni dṛśyamāne āntaraḥ sukhādyākārastulyakālaṃ saṃvedyate । na ca — gṛhyamāṇākāro nīlādiḥ sātarūpo vedyate iti śakyaṃ vaktum । yato nīlādiḥ sātarūpeṇānubhūyata iti na niścīyate ।

65,ii

yadi hi "sātarūpo'yaṃ nīlādiranubhūyate" iti niścīyeta, syāt tadā tasya sātādirūpatvam । yasmin rūpe pratyakṣasya sākṣātkāritvavyāpāro vikalpenānugamyate tat pratyakṣam ।

<66>

66,i

na ca nīlasya sātarūpatvamanugamyate । tasmādasātānnīlādyarthādanyadeva sātamanubhūyate nīlānubhavakāle । tacca jñānameva । tato'sti jñānānubhavaḥ ।

66,ii

tacca jñānarūpavedanamātmanaḥ sākṣātkāri nirvikalpakamabhrāntaṃ ca । tataḥ pratyakṣam ॥

<67>

1.11

67,i (NBṬ_67,i_67,iv)

yogipratyakṣaṃ vyākhyātumāha

("bhūtārthabhāvanāprakarṣaparyantajaṃ yogijñānaṃ ceti ॥ 11 ॥")(NB 1.11)

67,ii

bhūtaḥ sadbhūto'rthaḥ । pramāṇena dṛṣṭaśca sadbhūtaḥ ।

67,iii

yathā catvāryāryasatyāni ।

67,iv

bhūtasya bhāvanā punaḥ punaścetasi viniveśanam । bhāvanāyāḥ prakarṣo bhāvyamānārthābhāsasya jñānasya sphuṭābhatvārambhaḥ । prakarṣasya paryanto yadā sphuṭābhatvamīṣadasampūrṇaṃ bhavati । yāvaddhi sphuṭābhatvamaparipūrṇaṃ tāvat tasya prakarṣagamanam ।

<68>

68,i (NBṬ_68,i_68,ii)

sampūrṇa tu yadā, tadā nāsti prakarṣagatiḥ । tataḥ sampūrṇāvasthāyāḥ prāktanyavasthā sphuṭābhatvaprakarṣaparyanta ucyate । tasmāt paryantād yajjātaṃ bhāvyamānasyārthasya sannihitasyeva sphuṭatarākāragrāhi jñānaṃ yoginaḥ pratyakṣam ।

68,ii

tadiha sphuṭābhatvārambhāvasthā bhāvanāprakarṣaḥ । abhrakavyavahitamiva yadā bhāvyamānaṃ <69> vastu paśyati sā prakarṣaparyantāvasthā । karatalāmalakavad bhāvyamānasyārthasya yad darśanaṃ tad yoginaḥ pratyakṣam । taddhi sphuṭābham ।

69,i (NBṬ_69,i_70,ii)

sphuṭābhatvādeva ca nirvikalpakam । vikalpavijñānaṃ hi saṅketakāladṛṣṭatvena vastu gṛhṇacchabdasaṃsargayogyaṃ gṛhṇīyāt । saṅketakāladṛṣṭatvaṃ ca saṅketakālotpannajñānaviṣayatvam । yathā ca pūrvotpannaṃ vinaṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ sampratyasat, tadvat pūrvavinaṣṭajñānaviṣayatvamapi samprati nāsti vastunaḥ । tadasadrūpaṃ vastuno gṛhṇad asannihi tārthagrāhitvād asphuṭābham vikalpakam । tataḥ sphuṭābhatvānnirvikalpakam ।

<70>

70,i

pramāṇaśuddhārthagrāhitvācca saṃvādakam । ataḥ pratyakṣam । itarapratyakṣavat ।

70,ii

yogaḥ samādhiḥ । sa yasyāsti sa yogī । tasya jñānaṃ pratyakṣam । itiśabdaḥ parisamāptivacanaḥ । iyadeva pratyakṣamiti ॥

1.12

70,iii (NBṬ_70,iii_70,iv)

tadevaṃ pratyakṣasya kalpanāpoḍhatvābhrāntatvayuktasya prakārabhedaṃ pratipādya viṣayavipratipattiṃ nirākarttumāha —

("tasya viṣayaḥ svalakṣaṇam ॥ 12 ॥")(NB 1.12)

70,iv

tasyetyādi । tasya caturvidhasya pratyakṣasya viṣayo boddhavyaḥ svalakṣaṇam । svamasādhāraṇaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tattvaṃ svalakṣaṇam । vastuno hyāsadhāraṇaṃ ca tattvamasti sāmānyaṃ ca । tatra yadasādhāraṇaṃ tat pratyakṣasya grāhyam ।

<71>

71,i (NBṬ_71,i)

dvividho hi viṣayaḥ pramāṇasya — grāhyaśca yadākāramutyadyate, prāpaṇīyaśca yamadhyavasyati । anyo hi grāhyo'nyaścādhyavaseyaḥ । pratyakṣasya hi kṣaṇa eko grāhyaḥ । adhyavaseyastu pratyakṣabalotpannena niścayena saṃtāna eva । santāna eva ca pratyakṣasya prāpaṇīyaḥ । kṣaṇasya prāpayitumaśakyatvāt ।

71,ii (NBṬ_71,ii_72,i)

tathānumānamapi svapratibhāse'narthe'rthāvyavasāyena pravṛtteranarthagrāhi ।

<72>

72,i

sa punarāropito'rtho gṛhyamāṇaḥ svalakṣaṇatvenāvasīyate yataḥ, tataḥ svalakṣaṇamavasitaṃ pravṛttiviṣayo'numānasya । anarthastu grāhyaḥ । tadatra pramāṇasya grāhyaṃ viṣayaṃ darśayatā pratyakṣasya svalakṣaṇaṃ viṣaya uktaḥ ।

<74>

1.13

74,i (NBṬ_74,i_74,ii)

kaḥ punarasau viṣayo jñānasya yaḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ pratipattavya ityāha —

("yasyārthasya saṃnidhānāsaṃnidhānābhyāṃ jñānapratibhāsabhedastat svalakṣaṇam ॥ 13 ॥")(NB 1.13)

74,ii

yasyārthasyetyādi । arthaśabdo viṣayaparyāyaḥ । yasya jñānaviṣayasya । saṃnidhānaṃ nikaṭadeśāvasthānam । asaṃnidhānaṃ dūradeśāvasthānam । tasmāt saṃnidhānādasaṃnidhānācca jñānapratibhāsasya grāhyākārasya bhedaḥ sphuṭatvāsphuṭatvābhyām । yo hi jñānaviṣayaḥ saṃnihitaḥ san sphuṭābhāsaṃ jñānasya karoti, asaṃnihitastu yogyadeśastha evāsphuṭaṃ karoti, tat svalakṣaṇam । sarvāṇyeva hi vastūni dūrādasphuṭāni dṛśyante, samīpe sphuṭāni । tānyeva svalakṣaṇāni ॥

<75>

1.14

75,i (NBṬ_75,i_75,ii)

kasmāt punaḥ pratyakṣaviṣaya eva svalakṣaṇam ? tathā hi vikalpaviṣayo'pi vahnirdṛśyātmaka evāvasīyata ityāha —

("tadeva paramārthasat ॥ 14 ॥")(NB 1.14)

75,ii

tadeva paramārthasaditi । paramo'rtho'kṛtrimamanāropitaṃ rūpam । tenāstīti paramārthasat । ya evārthaḥ sannidhānāsannidhānābhyāṃ sphuṭamasphuṭaṃ ca pratibhāsaṃ karoti paramārthasan sa eva । sa ca pratyakṣasya viṣayo yataḥ, tasmāt tadeva svalakṣaṇam ॥

<76>

1.15

76,i (NBṬ_76,i_76,ii)

kasmāt punastadeva paramārthasadityāha —

("arthakriyāsāmarthyalakṣaṇatvādvastunaḥ ॥ 15 ॥")(NB 1.15)

76,ii

arthyata ityarthaḥ । heya upādeyaśca । heyo hi hātumiṣyate upādeyaścopādātum । arthasya prayojanasya kriyā niṣpattiḥ । tasyāṃ sāmarthyaṃ śaktiḥ । tadeva lakṣaṇaṃ rūpaṃ yasya vastunaḥ <77> tad arthakriyāsāmarthyalakṣaṇam । tasya bhāvaḥ, tasmāt । vastuśabdaḥ paramārthaparyāyaḥ । tadayamarthaḥ — yasmādarthakriyāsamarthaṃ paramārthasaducyate, sannidhānāsannidhānābhyāṃ ca jñānapratibhāsasya bhedako'rtho'rthakriyāsamarthaḥ, tasmāt sa eva paramārthasan । tata eva hi pratyakṣaviṣayādarthakriyā prāpyate na vikalpaviṣayāt । ata eva yadyapi vikalpaviṣayo dṛśya ivāvasīyate tathāpi na sa dṛśya eva tato'rthakriyāyā abhāvāt, dṛśyācca bhāvāt । atastadeva svalakṣaṇaṃ na vikalpaviṣayaḥ ॥

1.16

77,i (NBṬ_77,i_77,iii)

("anyat sāmānyalakṣaṇam ॥ 16 ॥")(NB 1.16)

77,ii

anyadityādi । etasmāt svalakṣaṇād yad anyat — svalakṣaṇaṃ yo na bhavati jñānaviṣayaḥ — tat sāmānyalakṣaṇam, vikalpajñānenāvasīyamāno hyarthaḥ sannidhānāsannidhānābhyāṃ jñānapratibhāsaṃ na bhinatti । tathāhi āropyamāṇo vahnirāropādasti । āropācca dūrastho nikaṭasthaśca । tasya samāropitasya sannidhānāsannidhānācca jñānapratibhāsasya na bhedaḥ sphuṭatvenāsphuṭatvena vā । tataḥ svalakṣaṇādanya ucyate । sāmānyena lakṣaṇaṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇam । sādhāraṇaṃ rūpamityarthaḥ ।

77,iii

samāropyamāṇaṃ hi rūpaṃ sakalavahnisādhāraṇam । tataḥ tat sāmānyalakṣaṇam ॥

<78>

1.17

78,i (NBṬ_78,i_78,iii)

taccānumānasya grāhyaṃ darśayitumāha —

("so'numānasya viṣayaḥ ॥ 17 ॥")(NB 1.17)

78,ii

so'numānasya viṣayo grāhyarūpaḥ । sarvanāmno'bhidheyavalliṅgaparigrahaḥ ।

78,iii

sāmānyalakṣaṇamanumānasya viṣayaṃ vyākhyātukāmenāyaṃ svalakṣaṇasvarūpākhyānagrantha āvarttanīyaḥ syāt । tato lāghavārthaṃ pratyakṣapariccheda evānumānaviṣaya uktaḥ ॥

<79>

1.18

79,i (NBṬ_79,i_79,ii)

viṣayavipratipattiṃ nirākṛtya phalavipratiparttiṃ nirākarttumāha —

("tadeva ca pratyakṣaṃ jñānaṃ pramāṇaphalam ॥ 18 ॥")(NB 1.18)

79,ii

tadeveti । yadevānantaramuktaṃ pratyakṣaṃ jñānaṃ tadeva pramāṇasya phalam ॥

1.19

79,iii (NBṬ_79,iii_79,vii)

kathaṃ pramāṇaphalamityāha —

("arthapratītirūpatvāt ॥ 19 ॥")(NB 1.19)

79,iv

arthasya pratītiravagamaḥ, saiva rūpaṃ yasya pratyakṣajñānasya tadarthapratītirūpam । tasya bhāvaḥ, tasmāt ।

79,v

etaduktaṃ bhavati — prāpakaṃ jñānaṃ pramāṇam । prāpaṇaśaktiśca na kevalādarthāvinābhāvitvād bhavati । bījādyavinābhāvino'pyaṅkurāderaprāpakatvāt । tasmāt prāpyādarthādutpattāvapyasya jñānasyā'sti kaścidavaśyakarttavyaḥ prāpakavyāpāroyena kṛtenārthaḥ prāpito bhavati ।

79,vi

sa eva ca pramāṇaphalam, yadanuṣṭhānāt prāpakaṃ bhavati jñānam । uktaṃ ca purastāt "pravṛttiviṣayapradarśanameva prāpakasya prāpakavyāpāro nāma" ।

79,vii

tadeva ca pratyakṣam arthapratītirūpam arthapradarśanarūpam । atastadeva pramāṇaphalam ॥

<81>

1.20

81,i (NBṬ_81,i_81,ii)

yadi tarhi jñānaṃ pramitirūpatvāt pramāṇaphalam, kiṃ tarhi pramāṇamityāha —

("arthasārūpyamasya pramāṇam ॥ 20 ॥")(NB 1.20)

81,ii

arthena saha yat sārūpyaṃ sādṛśyam asya jñānasya tat pramāṇam । iha yasmādviṣayād vijñānamudeti tadviṣayasadṛśaṃ tad bhavati । yathā nīlādutpadyamānaṃ nīlasadṛśam । tacca sārūpyaṃ sādṛśyam ākāra ityābhāsa ityapi vyapadiśyate ॥

1.21

81,iii (NBṬ_81,iii_82,i)

nanu ca jñānādavyatiriktaṃ sādṛśyam । tathā ca sati tadeva jñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ tadeva ca pramāṇaphalam । na caikaṃ vastu sādhyaṃ sādhanaṃ copapadyate । tat kathaṃ sārūpyaṃ pramāṇamityāha —

("tadvaśādarthapratītisiddheriti ॥ 21 ॥")(NB 1.21)

<॥ pratyakṣaparicchedaḥ ॥>

<82>

82,i

tadvaśāditi । taditi sārūpyam, tasya vaśāt sārūpyasāmarthyāt । arthasya pratītiḥ avabodhaḥ । tasyāḥ siddhiḥ । tatsiddheḥ kāraṇāt । arthasya pratītirūpaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vijñānaṃ sārūpyavaśāt siddhyati pratītaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ । nīlanirbhāsaṃ hi vijñānaṃ yataḥ, tasmāt nīlasya pratītiravasīyate । yebhyo hi cakṣurādibhyo vijñānamutpadyate na tadvaśāt tajjñānaṃ nīlasya saṃvedanaṃ śakyate'vasthāpayitum । nīlasadṛśaṃ tu anubhūyamānaṃ nīlasya saṃvedanamavasthāpyate ।

82,ii (NBṬ_82,ii_83,i)

na cātra janyajanakabhāvanibandhanaḥ, sādhyasādhanabhāvaḥ, yenaikasmin vastuni virodhaḥ syāt । api tu vyavasthāpyavyavasthāpanabhāvena । tata ekasya vastunaḥ kiñcidrūpaṃ pramāṇaṃ kiñcit pramāṇaphalaṃ na virudhyate ।

<83>

83,i

vyavasthāpanaheturhi sārūpyaṃ tasya jñānasya । vyavasthāpyaṃ ca nīlasaṃvedanarūpam ।

83,ii (NBṬ_83,ii_83,iii)

vyavasthāpyavyavasthāpakabhāvo'pi kathamekaraya jñānasyeti cet । ucyate । nīlasadṛśamanubhūya tadvijñānaṃ yato nīlasya grāhakamavasthāpyate niścayapratyayena, tasmāt sārūpyamanubhūtaṃ vyavasthāpanahetuḥ । niścayapratyayena ca tajjñānaṃ nīlasaṃvedanamavasthāpyamānaṃ vyavasthāpyam ।

83,iii

tasmādasārūpyavyāvṛttyā sārūpyaṃ jñānasya vyavasthāpanahetuḥ । anīlabodhavyāvṛttyā ca nīlabodharūpatvaṃ vyavasthāpyam ।

<84>

84,i (NBṬ_84,i)

vyavasthāpakaśca vikalpapratyayaḥ pratyakṣabalotpanno draṣṭavyaḥ । na tu nirvikalpakatvāt pratyakṣameva nīlabodharūpatvenātmānamavasthāpayituṃ śaknoti । niścayapratyayenāvyavasthāpitaṃ sadapi nīlabodharūpaṃ vijñānamasatkalpameva । tasmānniścayena nīlabodharūpaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ vijñānaṃ nīlabodhātmanā sad bhavati ।

84,ii (NBṬ_84,ii_85,i)

tasmādadhyavasāyaṃ kurvadeva pratyakṣaṃ pramāṇaṃ bhavati । akṛte tvadhyavasāye nīlabodharūpatvenāvyavasthāpitaṃ bhavati vijñānam । tathā ca pramāṇaphalamarthādhigamarūpamaniṣpannam । ataḥ sādhakatamatvābhāvāt pramāṇameva na syājjñānam ।

<85>

85,i

janitena tvadhyavasāyena sārūpyavaśānnīlabodharūpe jñāne vyavasthāpyamāne sārūpyaṃ vyavasthāpanahetutvāt pramāṇaṃ siddhaṃ bhavati ।

85,ii (NBṬ_85,ii)

yadyevamadhyavasāyasahitameva pratyakṣaṃ pramāṇaṃ syāt na kevalamiti cet । naitadevam । yasmāt pratyakṣabalotpannenādhyavasāyena dṛśyatvenārtho'vasīyate notprekṣitatvena । darśanañcārthasākṣātkaraṇākhyaṃ pratyakṣavyāpāraḥ । utprekṣaṇaṃ tu vikalpavyāpāraḥ । tathāhi parokṣamarthaṃ <86> vikalpayanta utprekṣāmahe na tu paśyāma iti utprekṣātmakaṃ vikalpavyāpāramanubhavādadhyavasyanti । tasmāt svavyāpāraṃ tiraskṛtya pratyakṣavyāpāramādarśayati yatrārthe pratyakṣapūrvako'dhyavasāyastatra pratyakṣaṃ kevalameva pramāṇamiti ॥

<॥ ācāryadharmottaraviracitāyāṃ nyāyabinduṭīkāyāṃ pratyakṣaparicchedaḥ prathamaḥ ॥>

<87>

2

<dvitīyaḥ svārthānumānaparicchedaḥ ।>

2.1

87,i (NBṬ_87,i_87,ii)

evaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vyākhyāyānumānaṃ vyākhyātukāma āha —

("anumānaṃ dvidhā ॥ 1 ॥")(NB 2.1)

87,ii

anumānaṃ dvidhā dviprakāram । athānumānalakṣaṇe vaktavye kimakasmāt prakārabhedaḥ kathyate ? ucyate । parārthānumānaṃ śabdātmakam, svārthānumānaṃ tu jñānātmakam । tayoratyantabhedāt naikaṃ lakṣaṇamasti । tatastayoḥ pratiniyataṃ lakṣaṇamākhyātuṃ prakārabhedaḥ kathyate । prakārabhedo hi vyaktibhedaḥ । vyaktibhede ca kathite prativyaktiniyataṃ lakṣaṇaṃ śakyate vaktum । nānyathā । tato lakṣaṇanirdeśāṅgameva prakārabhedakathanam । aśakyatāṃ ca prakārabhedakathanamantareṇa lakṣaṇanirdeśasya jñātvā prāk prakārabhedaḥ kathyata iti ॥

<88>

2.2

88,i (NBṬ_88,i_88,ii)

kiṃ punastad dvaividhyamityāha —

("svārthaṃ parārthaṃ ca ॥ 2 ॥")(NB 2.2)

88,ii

svasmāyidaṃ svārtham । yena svayaṃ pratipadyate tat svārtham । parasmāyidaṃ parārtham । yena paraṃ pratipādayati tat parārtham ॥

<89>

2.3

89,i (NBṬ_89,i_90,i)

("tatra svārthaṃ trirūpālliṅgād yadanumeye jñānaṃ tadanumānam ॥ 3 ॥")(NB 2.3)

89,ii

tatra tayoḥ svārthaparārthānumānayormadhye svārthaṃ jñānaṃ kiṃviśiṣṭamityāha — trirūpāditi । trīṇi rūpāṇi yasya vakṣyamāṇalakṣaṇāni tat trirūpam । liṅgyate gamyate'nenā'rtha iti <90> liṅgam । tasmāt trirūpālliṅgāt yat jātaṃ jñānam iti । etad hetudvāreṇa viśeṣaṇam । tat trirūpācca liṅgāt trirūpaliṅgālambanamapyutpadyata iti viśinaṣṭi — anumeya iti । etacca viṣayadvāreṇa viśe ṣaṇam ।

90,i

trirūpālliṅgādyadutpannamanumeyālambanaṃ jñānaṃ tat svārthamanumānamiti ॥

2.4

90,ii (NBṬ_90,ii_90,iii)

lakṣaṇavipratipattiṃ nirākṛtya phalavipratipattiṃ nirākarttumāha —

("pramāṇaphalavyavasthā'trāpi pratyakṣavat ॥ 4 ॥")(NB 2.4)

90,iii

pramāṇasya yat phalaṃ tasya yā vyavasthā sā'trānumāne'pi pratyakṣa iva pratyakṣavat veditavyā ।

<91>

2.5

91,i (NBṬ_91,i_91,ii)

yathā hi nīlasarūpaṃ pratyakṣamanubhūyamānaṃ nīlabodharūpamavasthāpyate, tena nīlasārūpyaṃ vyavasthāpanahetuḥ pramāṇam, nīlabodharūpaṃ tu vyavasthāpyamānaṃ pramāṇaphalam; tadvad anumānaṃ nīlākāramutpadyamānaṃ nīlabodharūpamavasthāpyate, tena nīlasārūpyamasya pramāṇam, nīlavikalpanarūpaṃ tvasya pramāṇaphalam । sārūpyavaśāddhi tannīlapratītirūpaṃ sidhyati । nānyatheti ॥

91,ii

evamiha saṃkhyālakṣaṇaphalavipratipattayaḥ । pratyakṣaparicchede tu gocaravipratipattirnirākṛtā । lakṣaṇanirdeśaprasaṅgena tu trirūpaṃ liṅgaṃ prastutam । tadeva vyākhyātumāha —

("trairūpyaṃ punarliṅgasyānumeye sattvameva, sapakṣa eva sattvam, asapakṣe cāsattvameva niścitam ॥ 5 ॥")(NB 2.5)

91,iii (NBṬ_91,iii)

trairūpyamityādi । liṅgasya yat trairūpyaṃ yāni trīṇi rūpāṇi tadidamucyata iti śeṣaḥ । kiṃ punastat trairūpyamityāha — anumeyaṃ vakṣyamāṇalakṣaṇam । tasmin liṅgasya sattvameva niścitam — ekaṃ rūpam । yadyapi cātra niścitagrahaṇaṃ na kṛtaṃ tathāpi ante kṛtaṃ prakrāntayordvayorapi rūpayorapekṣaṇīyam । yato na yogyatayā liṅgaṃ parokṣa jñānasya nimitam । yathā <92> bījamaṅkurasya । adṛṣṭād dhūmād agnerapratipatteḥ । nāpi svaviṣayajñānāpekṣaṃ parokṣārthaprakāśanaṃ । yathā pradīpo ghaṭādeḥ । dṛṣṭādapyaniścitasambandhādapratipatteḥ । tasmāt parokṣārthanāntarīyakatayā niścayanameva liṅgasya parokṣārthapratipādanavyāpāraḥ । nāparaḥ kaścit । ato'nvayavyatirekapakṣadharmatvaniścayo liṅgavyāpārātmakatvādavaśyakarttavya iti sarveṣu rūpeṣu niścitagrahaṇamapekṣaṇīyam ।

92,i (NBṬ_92,i)

tatra sattvavacanenāsiddhaṃ cākṣuṣatvādi nirastam । evakāreṇa pakṣaikadeśāsiddho nirastaḥ । yathā cetanāstaravaḥ svāpāditi । pakṣīkṛteṣu taruṣu patrasaṅkocalakṣaṇaḥ svāpa ekadeśe na siddhaḥ । na hi sarve vṛkṣā rātrau patrasaṃkocabhājaḥ kintu kecideva । sattvavacanasya <93> paścātkṛtenaivakāreṇāsādhāraṇo dharmo nirastaḥ । yadi hi "anumeya eva sattvam" iti kuryāt śrāvaṇatvameva hetuḥ syāt । niścitagrahaṇena sandigdhāsiddhaḥ sarvo nirastaḥ ।

93,i (NBṬ_93,i)

sapakṣo vakṣyamāṇalakṣaṇaḥ । tasminneva sattvaṃ niścitamiti dvitīyaṃ rūpam । ihāpi <94> sattvagrahaṇena viruddho nirastaḥ । sa hi nāsti sapakṣe । evakāreṇa sādhāraṇānaikāntikaḥ । sa hi na sapakṣa eva varttata kintūbhayatrāpi । sattvagrahaṇāt pūrvāvadhāraṇavacanena sapakṣāvyāpisattākasyāpi prayatnānantarīyakasya hetutvaṃ kathitam । paścādavadhāraṇe tvayamarthaḥ syāt — sapakṣe sattvameva yasya sa heturiti prayatnānantarīyakatvaṃ na hetuḥ syāt । niścitavacanena sandigdhānvayo'naikāntiko nirastaḥ । yathā sarvajñaḥ kaścid vaktṛtvāt । vaktṛtvaṃ hi sapakṣe sandigdham ।

94,i (NBṬ_94,i)

asapakṣo vakṣyamāṇalakṣaṇaḥ । tasminnasattvameva niścitam — tṛtīyaṃ rūpam । tatrāsattvagrahaṇena viruddhasya nirāsaḥ । viruddho hi vipakṣe'sti । evakāreṇa sādhāraṇasya vipakṣaikadeśavṛtternirāsaḥ । prayatnānantarīyakatve sādhye hyanityatvaṃ vipakṣaikadeśe vidyudādau asti, ākāśādau nāsti । tato niyamenāsya nirāsaḥ । asattvaśabdāddhi pūrvasminnavadhāraṇe'yamarthaḥ syāt — vipakṣa eva yo nāsti sa hetuḥ । tathā ca prayatnānantarīyakatvaṃ sapakṣe'pi sarvatra <95> nāsti । tato na hetuḥ syāt । tataḥ pūrvaṃ na kṛtam । niścitagrahaṇena sandigdhavipakṣavyāvṛttiko'naikāntiko nirastaḥ ।

95,i (NBṬ_95,i)

nanu ca sapakṣa eva sattvamityukte vipakṣe'sattvameveti yamyata eva । tat kimarthaṃ punarubhayorupādānaṃ kṛtam ? ucyate । anvayo vyatireko vā prayujyamānaḥ niyamavāneva prayoktavyo nānyatheti darśayituṃdvayorapyupādānaṃ kṛtam । aniyate hi dvayorapi prayoge'yamarthaḥ syāt — sapakṣe yo'sti vipakṣe ca yo nāsti sa heturiti । tathā ca sati sa śyāmaḥtatputratvāt dṛśyamāna<96>putravaditi tatputratvaṃ hetuḥ syāt । tasmānniyamavatorevānvayavyatirekayoḥ prayogaḥ karttavyo yena pratibandho gamyeta sādhanasya sādhyena । niyamavatośca prayoge'vaśyakarttavye dvayoreka eva prayoktavyo na dvāviti niyamavānevānvayo vyatireko vā prayoktavya iti śikṣaṇārthaṃ dvayorupādānamiti ॥

2.6

96,i (NBṬ_96,i_97,i)

trairūpyakathanaprasaṅgenānumeyaḥ sapakṣo vipakṣaścoktaḥ । teṣāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vaktavyam । tatra ko'numeya ityāha —

96,ii

("anumeyo'tra jijñāsitaviśeṣo dharmī ॥ 6 ॥")(NB 2.6)

<97>

97,i

anumeyo'tretyādi । atra hetulakṣaṇe niścetavye dharmo anumeyaḥ । anyatra tu sādhyapratipattikāle samudāyo'numeyaḥ । vyāptiniścayakāle tu dharmo'numeya iti darśayitum "atra" grahaṇam । jijñāsito jñātumiṣṭo viśeṣo dharmo yasya dharmiṇaḥ sa tathoktaḥ ॥

2.7

97,ii (NBṬ_97,ii_98,i)

kaḥ sapakṣaḥ ?

("sādhyadharmasāmānyena samāno'rthaḥ sapakṣaḥ ॥ 7 ॥")(NB 2.7)

97,iii

samāno'rthaḥ sapakṣaḥ । samānaḥ sadṛśo yo'rthaḥ pakṣeṇa sa pakṣa ukta upacārāt samānaśabdena viśeṣyate । samānaḥ pakṣaḥ sapakṣaḥ, samānasya ca saśabdādeśaḥ ।

<98>

98,i

syādetat — kiṃ tat pakṣasapakṣayoḥ sāmānyaṃ yena samānaḥ sapakṣaḥ pakṣeṇetyāha — sādhyadharmasāmānyeneti । sādhyaścāsau asiddhatvāt, dharmaśca parāśritatvāt sādhyadharmaḥ । na ca viśeṣaḥ sādhyaḥ, api tu sāmānyam । ata iha sāmānyaṃ sādhyamuktam । sādhyadharmaścāsau sāmānyaṃ ceti sādhyadharmasāmānyena samānaḥ pakṣeṇa sapakṣa ityarthaḥ ॥

2.8

98,ii (NBṬ_98,ii_98,iii)

ko'sapakṣa ityāha —

("na sapakṣo'sapakṣaḥ ॥ 8 ॥")(NB 2.8)

98,iii

na sapakṣo'sapakṣaḥ । sapakṣo yo na bhavati so'sapakṣaḥ ॥

2.9

98,iv (NBṬ_98,iv_100,i)

kaśca sapakṣo na bhavati ?

<99>

("tato'nyastadviruddhastadabhāvaśceti ॥ 9 ॥")(NB 2.9)

99,i

tataḥ sapakṣād anyaḥ । tena ca viruddhaḥ । tasya ca sapakṣasyābhāvaḥ । sapakṣādanyatvaṃ tadviruddhatvaṃ ca na tāvat pratyetuṃ śakyaṃ yāvat sapakṣasvabhāvābhāvo na vijñātaḥ । tasmādanyatvaviruddhatvapratītisāmarthyāt sapakṣābhāvarūpau pratītāvanyaviruddhau ।

<100>

100,i

tato'bhāvaḥ sākṣāt sapakṣābhāvarūpaḥ pratīyate । anyaviruddhau tu sāmarthyādabhāvarūpau pratīyete । tatastrayāṇāmapyasapakṣatvam ॥

2.10

100,ii (NBṬ_100,ii_100,iii)

("trirūpāṇi ca trīṇyeva liṅgāni ॥ 10 ॥")(NB 2.10)

100,iii

uktena trairūpyeṇa trirūpāṇi ca trīṇyeva liṅgāni iti । cakāro vaktavyāntarasamuccayārthaḥ । trairūpyamādau pṛṣṭaṃ trirūpāṇi ca liṅgāni pareṇa । tatra trairūpyamuktam । trirūpāṇi cocyante — trīṇyeva trirūpāṇi liṅgāni । trayastrirūpaliṅgaprakārā ityarthaḥ ॥

2.11

100,iv (NBṬ_100,iv_100,v)

kāni punastānītyāha —

("anupalabdhiḥ svabhāvaḥ kāryaṃ ceti ॥ 11 ॥")(NB 2.11)

100,v

pratiṣedhyasya sādhyasyānupalabdhistrirūpā । vidheyasya sādhyasya svabhāvaśca trirūpaḥ, kārya ca ॥

<101>

2.12

101,i (NBṬ_101,i_101,ii)

anupalabdhimudāharttumāha —

("tatrānupalabdhiryathā — na pradeśaviśeṣe kvacid ghaṭaḥ, upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyānupalabdheriti ॥ 12 ॥")(NB 2.12)

101,ii

yathetyādi । yathetyupapradarśanārtham । yatheyamanupalabdhistathānyāpi । na tviyamevetyarthaḥ । pradeśa ekadeśaḥ । viśiṣyata iti viśeṣaḥ pratipattṛpratyakṣaḥ । tādṛśaśca na sarvaḥ pradeśaḥ । tadāha — kvacid iti । pratipattṛpratyakṣe kvacideva pradeśa iti dharmo । na ghaṭa iti sādhyam । upalabdhirjñānam । tasyā lakṣaṇaṃ janikā sāmagrī । tayā hi upalabdhirlakṣyate । tatprāpto'rthojanakatvena sāmagryantarbhāvāt । upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpto dṛśya ityarthaḥ । tasyānupalabdheḥ — ityayaṃ hetuḥ ।

101,iii (NBṬ_101,iii)

atha yo yatra nāsti sa kathaṃ tatra dṛśyaḥ ? dṛśyatvasamāropādasannapi dṛśya ucyate । yaścaivaṃ sambhāvyate — yadyasāvatra bhaved dṛśya eva bhavediti । sa tatra avidyamāno'pi dṛśyaḥ samāropyaḥ । kaścaivaṃ sambhāvyaḥ ? yasya samagrāṇi svālambanadarśanakāraṇāni bhavanti । kadā ca tāni samagrāṇi gamyante ? yadaikajñānasaṃsargivastvantaropalambhaḥ । ekendriyajñānagrāhyaṃ locanādipraṇidhānābhimukhaṃ vastudvayamanyonyāpekṣamekajñānasaṃsargi kathyate । tayorhi <102> satornaikaniyatā bhavati pratipattiḥ । yogyatāyā dvayorapyaviśiṣṭatvāt । tasmādekajñānasaṃsargiṇi dṛśyamāne satyekasminnitarat samagradarśanasāmagrīkaṃ yadi bhaved dṛśyameva bhavediti sambhāvitaṃ dṛśyatvamāropyate । tasyānupalambho dṛśyānupalambhaḥ । tasmāt sa eva ghaṭaviviktapradeśastadālambanaṃ ca jñānaṃ dṛśyānupalambhaniścayahetutvāt dṛśyānupalambha ucyate ।

102,i (NBṬ_102,i)

yāvaddhi ekajñānasaṃsargi vastu na niścitam, tajjñānaṃ ca, na tāvad dṛśyānupalambhaniścayaḥ । tato vastu anupalambha ucyate, tajjñānaṃ ca । darśananivṛttimātraṃ tu svayamaniścitatvādagamakam । tato dṛśyaghaṭarahitaḥ pradeśaḥ, tajjñānaṃ ca vacanasāmarthyādeva dṛśyānupalambharūpamuktaṃ draṣṭavyam ॥

<103>

2.13

103,i (NBṬ_103,i_103,ii)

kā punarupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptirityāha —

("upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptirupalambhapratyayāntarasākalyaṃ svabhāvaviśeṣaśca ॥ 13 ॥")(NB 2.13)

103,ii

upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptiḥ — upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptatvaṃ ghaṭasya upalambhapratyayāntarasākalyamiti । jñānasya ghaṭo'pi janakaḥ, anye ca cakṣurādayaḥ । ghaṭād dṛśyādanye hetavaḥ pratyayāntarāṇi । teṣāṃ sākalyaṃ sannidhiḥ । svabhāva eva viśiṣyate tadanyasmāditi viśeṣo viśiṣṭa ityarthaḥ । tadayaṃ viśiṣṭaḥ svabhāvaḥ pratyayāntarasākalyaṃ caitad dvayamupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptatvaṃ ghaṭāderdraṣṭavyam ॥

<104>

2.14

104,i (NBṬ_104,i_104,ii)

kīdṛśaḥ svabhāvaviśeṣa ityāha —

("yaḥ svabhāvaḥ satsvanyeṣūpalambhapratyayeṣu san pratyakṣa eva bhavati sa svabhāvaviśeṣaḥ ॥ 14 ॥")(NB 2.14)

104,ii

satsvityādi । upalambhasya yāni ghaṭād dṛśyād pratyayāntarāṇi teṣu satsu vidyamāneṣu yaḥ svabhāvaḥ san pratyakṣa eva bhavati sa svabhāvaviśeṣaḥ । tadayamatrārthaḥ — ekapratipattrapekṣamidaṃ pratyakṣalakṣaṇam । tathā ca sati draṣṭuṃ pravṛttasyaikasya draṣṭurdṛśyamāna ubhayavān bhāvaḥ । adṛśyamānāstu deśakālasvabhāvaviprakṛṣṭāḥ svabhāvaviśeṣarahitāḥ pratyayāntarasākalyavantastu । yairhi pratyayaiḥ sa draṣṭā paśyati te sannihitāḥ । ataśca sannihitā yad draṣṭuṃ pravṛttaḥ saḥ । <105> draṣṭumapravṛttasya tu yogyadeśasthā api draṣṭuṃ te na śakyāḥ pratyayāntaravaikalyavantaḥ, svabhāvaviśeṣayuktāstu । dūradeśakālāstu ubhayavikalāḥ । tadevaṃ paśyataḥ kasyacinna pratyayāntaravikalo nāma, svabhāvaviśeṣavikalastu bhavet । apaśyatastu draṣṭuṃ śakyo yogyadeśasthaḥ pratyayāntaravikala । anye tūbhayavikalā iti ॥

<106>

2.15

106,i (NBṬ_106,i_106,ii)

anupalabdhimudāhṛtya svabhāvamudāharttumāha —

("svabhāvaḥ svasattāmātrabhāvini sādhyadharme hetuḥ ॥ 15 ॥")(NB 2.15)

106,ii

svabhāva ityādi । svabhāvo heturiti sambandhaḥ । kīdṛśo hetuḥ sādhyasya svabhāva ityāha — svasya ātmanaḥ sattā । saiva kevalā svasattāmātram । tasmin sati bhavituṃ śīlaṃ yasyeti । yo hetorātmanaḥ sattāmapekṣya vidyamāno bhavati, na tu hetusattāyā vyatiriktaṃ kañciddhetumapekṣate sa svasattāmātrabhāvī sādhyaḥ । tasmin sādhye yo hetuḥ sa svabhāvaḥ tasya sādhyasya nānyaḥ ॥

2.16

106,iii (NBṬ_106,iii_106,iv)

udāharaṇam —

("yathā vṛkṣo'yaṃ śiṃśapātvāditi ॥ 16 ॥")(NB 2.16)

106,iv

yatheti । ayam iti dharmo । vṛkṣa iti sādhyam । śiṃśapātvāditi hetuḥ । tadayamarthaḥ — vṛkṣavyavahārayogyo'yam, śiṃśapāvyavahārayogyatvāditi । yatra pracuraśiṃśape deśe'viditaśiṃśapāvyavahāro jaḍo yadā kenaciduccāṃ śiṃśapāmupādarśyocyate "ayaṃ vṛkṣaḥ" iti tadāsau jāḍyācchiṃśapāyā uccatvamapi vṛkṣavyavahārasya nimittamadhasyati tadā yāmevānuccāṃ paśyati śiṃśapāṃ tāmevāvṛkṣamavasyati । sa mūḍhaḥ śiṃśapātvamātranimitte <107> vṛkṣavyavahāre pravarttyate । noccatvādi nimittāntaramiha vṛkṣavyavahārasya । api tu śiṃśapātvamātraṃ nimittaṃ — śiṃśapāgataśākhādimattvaṃ nimittamityarthaḥ ॥

2.17

107,i (NBṬ_107,i_107,ii)

kāryamudāharttumāha —

("kāryaṃ yathā vahniratra dhūmāditi ॥ 17 ॥")(NB 2.17)

107,ii

vahniriti sādhyam । atreti dharmī । dhūmāditi hetuḥ । kāryakāraṇabhāvo loke pratyakṣānupalambhanibandhanaḥ pratīta iti na svabhāvasyeva kāryasya lakṣaṇamuktam ॥

<108>

2.18

108,i (NBṬ_108,i_108,ii)

nanu trirūpatvādekameva liṅgaṃ yuktam । atha prakārabhedādbhedaḥ । evaṃ sati svabhāvahetorekasyānantaprakāratvāt tritvamayuktamityāha —

("atra dvau vastusādhanau । ekaḥ pratiṣedhahetuḥ ॥ 18 ॥")(NB 2.18)

108,ii

atra dvau iti । atretyeṣu triṣu hetuṣu madhye dvau hetū vastusādhanau — vidheḥ sādhanau gamakau । ekaḥ pratiṣedhasya heturgamakaḥ । pratiṣedha iti cābhāvo'bhāvavyavahāraścokto draṣṭavyaḥ ।

<109>

109,i (NBṬ_109,i)

tadayamarthaḥ — hetuḥ sādhyasiddhyarthatvāt sādhyāṅgam, sādhyaṃ pradhānam । ataśca sādhyopakaraṇasya hetoḥ pradhānasādhyabhedādbhedaḥ na svarūpabhedāt । sādhyaśca kaścidvidhiḥ, kaścit pratiṣedhaḥ । vidhipratiṣedhayośca parasparaparihāreṇāvasthānāt tayorhetū bhinnau । vidhirapi kaściddhetorbhinnaḥ, kaścidabhinna । bhedābhedayorapyanyonyatyāgenātmasthiterbhinnau hetū । tataḥ sādhyasya parasparavirodhāt hetavo bhinnāḥ, na tu svata eveti ॥

2.19

109,ii (NBṬ_109,ii_110,i)

kasmāt punastrayāṇāṃ hetutvam, kasmāccānyeṣāmahetutvamityāśaṅkya yathā trayāṇāmeva hetutvamanyeṣāṃ cāhetutvaṃ tadubhyaṃ darśayitumāha —

("svabhāvapratibandhe hi satyartho'rthaṃ gamayet ॥ 19 ॥")(NB 2.19)

<110>

110,i

svabhāvapratibandha iti । svabhāvena pratibandhaḥ svabhāvapratibandhaḥ । sādhanaṃ kṛtā iti samāsaḥ । svabhāvapratibaddhatvaṃ pratibaddhasvabhāvatvamityarthaḥ । kāraṇe svabhāve ca sādhye svabhāvena pratibandhaḥ kāryasvabhāvayoraviśiṣṭa ityekena samāsena dvayorapi saṃgrahaḥ । hiryasmādarthe । yasmāt svabhāvapratibandhe sati sādhanārthaḥ sādhyārtha gamayet, tasmāt trayāṇāṃ gamakatvam, anyeṣāmagamakatvam ॥

2.20

110,ii (NBṬ_110,ii_110,iii)

kasmāt punaḥ svabhāvapratibandha eva sati gamyagamakabhāvo nānyathetyāha —

("tadapratibaddhasya tadavyabhicāraniyamābhāvāt ॥ 20 ॥")(NB 2.20)

110,iii

tadapratibaddhasyeti । "tad" iti svabhāva uktaḥ । tena svabhāvena apratibaddhaḥ — tadapratibaddhaḥ । yo yatra svabhāvena na pratibaddhaḥ tasyatadapratibaddhasya tadavyabhicāraniyamābhāvāt । tasyāpratibandhaviṣayasyāvyabhicāraḥ tadavyabhicāraḥ, tasya niyamaḥ tadavyabhicāraniyamaḥ, tasyābhāvāt ।

110,iv (NBṬ_110,iv)

tadayamarthaḥ — na hi yo yatra svabhāvena na pratibaddhaḥ, sa tamapratibandhaviṣayamavaśyameva na vyabhicaratīti nāsti tayoravyabhicāraniyamaḥ — avinābhāvaniyamaḥ । avyabhicāra<111>niyamācca gamyagamakabhāvaḥ । na hi yogyatayā pradīpavat parokṣārthapratipattinimittamiṣṭaṃ liṅgam api tvavyabhicāritvena niścitam । tataḥ svabhāvapratibandhe satyavinābhāvitvaniścayaḥ, tato gamyagamakabhāvaḥ । tasmāt svabhāvapratibandhe satyartho'rthaṃ gamayennānyatheti sthitam ॥

2.21

111,i (NBṬ_111,i_112,i)

nanu ca parāyattasya pratibandho'parāyatte । tadiha sādhyasādhanayoḥ kasya kva pratibandha ityāha —

("sa ca pratibandhaḥ sādhye'rthe liṅgasya ॥ 21 ॥")(NB 2.21)

<112>

112,i

sa ceti । sa ca svabhāvapratibandho liṅgasya sādhye'rthe । liṅgaṃ parāyattatvāt pratibaddham । sādhyastvartho'parāyattatvāt pratibandhaviyo na tu pratibaddha ityarthaḥ । tatrāyamarthaḥ — tādātmyāviśeṣe'pi yat pratibaddhaṃ tad gamakam । yat pratibandhaviṣayaḥ tad gamyam । yasya ca dharmasya yo niyataḥ svabhāvaḥ sa tatpratibaddhaḥ । yathā prayatnānantarīyakatvākhyo'nityatve । yasya tu sa cānyaśca svabhāvaḥ ca pratibandhaviṣayaḥ, na tu pratibaddhaḥ । yathā'nityatvākhyaḥ prayatnānantarīyakatvākhye । niścayāpekṣo hi gamyagamakabhāvaḥ । prayatnāntarīyakatvameva cānityatvasvabhāvaṃ niścitam । atastadeva anityatve pratibaddham । tasmānniyataviṣaya eva gamyagamakabhāvaḥ nānyatheti ॥

<113>

2.22

113,i (NBṬ_113,i_113,iii)

kasmāt punaḥ svabhāvapratibandho liṅgasyetyāha —

("vastutastādātmyāt tadutpatteśca ॥ 22 ॥")(NB 2.22)

113,ii

vastuta ityādi । sa sādhyo'rtha ātmā svabhāvo yasya tat tadātmā । tasya bhāvastādātmyam । tasmāddhetoḥ । yataḥ sādhyasvabhāvaṃ sādhanaṃ tasmāt tatra svabhāvapratibandha ityarthaḥ ।

113,iii

yadi sādhyasvabhāvaṃ sādhanaṃ sādhyasādhanayorabhedāt pratijñārthaikadeśo hetuḥ syādityā vastuta iti । paramārthasatā rūpeṇā'bhedastayoḥ । vikalpaviṣayastu yat samāropitaṃ rūpam । tadapekṣaḥ sādhyasādhanabhedaḥ । niścayāpekṣa eva hi gamyagamakabhāvaḥ । tato niścayārūḍharūpāpekṣa eva tayorbhedo yuktaḥ vāstavastvabheda iti । na kevalāt tādātmyādapi tu tataḥ sādhyādarthād utpattirliṅgasya — tadutpatteśca sādhye'rthe svabhāvapratibandho liṅgasya ॥

<114>

2.23

114,i (NBṬ_114,i_114,ii)

kasmānnimittadvayāt svabhāvapratibandho liṅgasya nānyasmādityāha —

("atatsvabhāvasyātadutpatteśca tatrāpratibaddhasvabhāvatvāt ॥ 23 ॥")(NB 2.23)

114,ii

atatsvabhāvasyeti । sa svabhāvo'sya so'yaṃ tatsvabhāvaḥ । na tatsvabhāvo'tatsvabhāvaḥ । tasmādutpattirasya so'yaṃ tadutpattiḥ । na tathā'tadutpattiḥ । yo yatsvabhāvo yadutpattiśca na bhavati tasya atatsvabhāvasya, atadutpatteśca । tatra atatsvabhāve anutpādake cāpratibaddhaḥ svabhāvo'syeti so'yamapratibaddhasvabhāvaḥ । tasya bhāvo'pratibaddhasvabhāvatvam । tasmādapratibaddhasvabhāvatvāt । yadyatatsvabhāve'nutpādake ca kaścit pratibaddhasvabhāvo bhaved, bhavedanyato'pi nimittāt svabhāvapratibandhaḥ । pratibaddhasvabhāvatvaṃ hi svabhāvapratibandhaḥ । na cānyaḥ kaścidāyattasvabhāvaḥ । tasmāt tādātmyatadutpattibhyāmeva svabhāvapratibandhaḥ ॥

<116>

2.24

116,i (NBṬ_116,i_116,ii)

bhavatu nāma tādātmyatadutpattibhyāmeva svabhāvapratibandhaḥ । kāryasvabhāvayoreva tugamakatvaṃ kathamityāha —

("te ca tādātmyatadutpattī svabhāvakāryayoreveti tābhyāmeva vastusiddhiḥ ॥ 24 ॥")(NB 2.24)

116,ii

te ceti । itiḥ tasmādarthe । yasmāt svabhāve kārye eva ca tādātmyatadutpattī sthite, tannibandhanaśca gamyagamakabhāvastasmāt tābhyāmeva kāryasvabhāvābhyāṃ vastuno vidheḥ siddhiḥ ॥

2.25

116,iii (NBṬ_116,iii_116,iv)

atha pratiṣedhasiddhiradṛśyānupalambhādapi kasmānneṣṭetyāha —

("pratiṣedhasiddhirapi yathoktāyā evānupalabdheḥ ॥ 25 ॥")(NB 2.25)

116,iv

pratiṣedhavyavahārasya siddhiryathoktā yā dṛśyānupalabdhistata eva bhavati yatastasmādanyato noktā ॥

2.26

116,v (NBṬ_116,v_116,vi)

tatastāvat kasmādbhavatītyāha —

("sati vastuni tasyā asambhavāt ॥ 26 ॥")(NB 2.26)

116,vi

sati tasmin pratiṣedhye vastuni, yasmād dṛśyānupalabdhirna sambhavati tasmād — asambhavāt tataḥ pratiṣedhasiddhiḥ ॥

<117>

2.27

117,i (NBṬ_117,i_117,iii)

atha tata eva kasmādityāha —

("anyathā cānupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpteṣu deśakālasvabhāvaviprakṛṣṭeṣvartheṣvātmapratyakṣanivṛtterabhāvaniścayābhāvāt ॥ 27 ॥")(NB 2.27)

117,ii

anyathā ceti । sati vastuni tasyā adṛśyānupalabdheḥ sambhavādityanyathāśabdārthaḥ । etasmāt kāraṇāt nānyasyā anupalabdheḥ pratiṣedhasiddhiḥ ।

117,iii

kuta etat — satyapi vastuni tasyāḥ sambhava ityāha — anupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpteṣvityādi । iha pratyayāntarasākalyāt svabhāvaviśeṣāccopalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpto'rtha uktaḥ । dvayorekaikasyāpyabhāve'nupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpto'rtha ucyate ।

117,iv (NBṬ_117,iv_117,v)

tadihānupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpteṣviti pratyayāntaravaikalyavanta uktāḥ । deśakālasvabhāvaviprakṛṣṭeṣviti svabhāvaviśeṣarahitā uktāḥ । deśaśca kālaśca svabhāvaśca tairviprakṛṣṭā iti vigrahaḥ । teṣvabhāvaniścayasyābhāvāt । satyapi vastuni tasyā bhāva iṣṭaḥ ।

117,v

kasmānniścayābhāva ityāha — teṣu pratipatturātmano yat pratyakṣaṃ tasya nivṛtteḥ kāraṇāt niścayābhāvaḥ । yasmādanupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpteṣvātmapratyakṣanivṛtterabhāvaniścayābhāvaḥ, tasmāt satyapi vastuni ātmapratyakṣanivṛttilakṣaṇāyā adṛśyānupalabdheḥ sambhavaḥ । tato yathoktāyā eva pratiṣedhasiddhiḥ ॥

<118>

2.28

118,i (NBṬ_118,i_118,ii)

atheyaṃ dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ kasmin kāle pramāṇam, kiṃsvabhāvā, kiṃvyāpārā cetyāha —

("amūḍhasmṛtisaṃskārasyātītasya varttamānasya ca pratipattṛpratyakṣasya nivṛttirabhāvavyavahārapravarttanī ॥ 28 ॥")(NB 2.28)

118,ii

amūḍhetyādi । pratipattuḥ pratyakṣo ghaṭādirarthaḥ, tasya nivṛttiranupalabdhiḥ tadbhāvasyabhāveti yāvat । ata evābhāvo na sādhyaḥ svabhāvānupalabdheḥ, siddhatvāt । avidyamāno'pi ca ghaṭādirekajñānasaṃsargiṇi bhūtale bhāsamāne samagrasāmagrīko jñāyamāno dṛśyatayā sambhāvitatvāt pratyakṣa uktaḥ । ata ekajñānasaṃsargo dṛśyamāno'rthastajjñānaṃ ca pratyakṣanivṛttirucyate । tato hi dṛśyamānādarthāt tadbuddheśca samagradarśanasāmagrīkatvena pratyakṣatayā sambhāvitasya nivṛttiravasīyate । tasmādarthajñāne eva pratyakṣasya ghaṭasyābhāva ucyate । na tu nivṛttimātramihābhāvaḥ, nivṛttimātrād dṛśyanivṛttyaniścayāt ।

<119>

119,i (NBṬ_119,i)

nanu ca dṛśyanivṛttiravasīyate dṛśyānupalambhāt । satyamevaitat । kevalamekajñānasaṃsargiṇi dṛśyamāne ghaṭo yadi bhaved dṛśya eva bhavediti dṛśyaḥ sambhāvitaḥ । tato dṛśyānupalabdhirniścitā । dṛśyānupalabdhiniścayasāmarthyādeva ca dṛśyābhāvo niścitaḥ । yadi hi dṛśyastatra bhaved dṛśyānupalambho na bhavet । ato dṛśyānupalambhaniścayād daśyābhāvaḥ sāmarthyādavasitaḥ, na vyavahṛta iti dṛśyānupalambhena vyavaharttavyaḥ ।

119,ii (NBṬ_119,ii_120,i)

tasmādarthāntaram — ekajñānasaṃsargi dṛśyamānam, tajjñānaṃ ca pratyakṣanivṛttiniścayahetutvāt pratyakṣanivṛttiruktaṃ draṣṭavyam ।

<120>

120,i

yathā caikajñānasaṃsargiṇi pratyakṣe ghaṭasya pratyakṣatvamāropitam asato'pi, tathā tasminnekajñānasaṃsargiṇyatīte cāmūḍhasmṛtisaṃskāre, varttamāne ca ghaṭasya tattadrū pamāropitamasata iti draṣṭavyam । anena ca dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ pratyakṣaghaṭanivṛttisvabhāvoktā । sā ca siddhā । tena na ghaṭābhāvaḥ sādhyaḥ, api tu abhāvavyavahāra ityuktam ।

<121>

121,i (NBṬ_121,i)

amūḍho'bhraṣṭo darśanāhitaḥ smṛtijananarūpaḥ saṃskāro yasmin ghaṭādau sa tathoktaḥ । tasya atītasya pratipattṛpratyakṣasyeti sambandhaḥ । varttamānasya ca pratipattṛpratyakṣasyeti sambandhaḥ । amūḍhasmṛtisaṃskāragrahaṇaṃ tu na varttamānaviśeṣaṇam । yasmādatīte ghaṭaviviktapradeśadarśane smṛtisaṃskāro mūḍho dṛśyaghaṭānupalambhe dṛśye ca ghaṭe mūḍho bhavati । varttamāne tu ghaṭarahitapradeśadarśane na smṛtisaṃskāramohaḥ । ata eva na ghaṭābhāve, nāpi ghaṭānupalambhe mohaḥ । tasmānna varttamānaniṣedhyaviśeṣaṇamamūḍhasmṛtisaṃskāragrahaṇam, smṛtisaṃskāravyabhicārābhāvād varttamānasyārthasya । ata eva varttamānasya ceti caśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ, viśeṣaṇarahitasya varttamānasya viśeṣaṇavatātītena samuccayo yathā vijñāyeteti ।

121,ii (NBṬ_121,ii)

tadayamarthaḥ — atīto'nupalambhaḥ sphuṭaḥ smaryamāṇaḥ pramāṇam, varttamānaśca । tato "nāsīdiha ghaṭaḥ, anupalabdhatvāt", "nāsti anupalabhyamānatvāt" iti śakyaṃ jñātum । na tu "na bhaviṣyatyatra ghaṭaḥ, anupalapsyamānatvāt" iti śakyaṃ jñātum । anāgatāyā anupalabdheḥ sattvasandehāditi kālaviśeṣo'nupalabdhervyākhyātaḥ ।

<122>

122,i (NBṬ_122,i_122,ii)

vyāpāraṃ darśayati । abhāvasya vyavahāraḥ "nāsti" ityevamākāraṃ jñānam, śabdaścaivamākāraḥ, niḥśaṅkaṃ gamanāgamanalakṣaṇā ca pravṛttiḥ kāyiko'bhāvavyavahāraḥ । ghaṭābhāve hi jñāte niḥśaṅkaṃ gantumāgantuṃ ca pravarttate ।

122,ii

tadetasya trividhasyāpyabhāvavyavahārasya dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ pravarttanī sādhanī pravarttikā ।

122,iii (NBṬ_122,iii)

yadyapi ca "nāsti ghaṭaḥ" iti jñānamanupalabdhereva bhavati, ayameva cābhāvaniścayaḥ, tathāpi yasmāt pratyakṣeṇa kevalaḥ pradeśa upalabdhastasmāt "iha ghaṭo nāsti" ityevaṃ ca pratyakṣavyāpāramanusaratyabhāvaniścayaḥ; tasmāt pratyakṣasya kevalapradeśagrahaṇavyāpārānusāryabhāvaniścayaḥ pratyakṣakṛtaḥ ।

<123>

123,i (NBṬ_123,i)

kiñca । dṛśyānupalambhaniścayakaraṇasāmarthyādeva pūrvoktayā nītyā pratyakṣeṇaivābhāvo niścitaḥ । kevalamadṛṣṭānāmapi sattvasambhavāt, sattvaśaṅkayā na śaknotyasattvaṃ vyavaharttum । ato'nupalambho'bhāvaṃ vyavahārayati — "dṛśyo yato'nupalabdhaḥ, tasmānnāsti" iti । ato dṛśyānupalambho'bhāvajñānaṃ kṛtaṃ pravarttayati, na tu akṛtaṃ karotītyabhāvaniścayo'nupalambhāt pravṛtto'pi pratyakṣeṇa kṛto'nupalambhena pravarttita ukta ityabhāvavyavahārapra varttanyanulabdhiḥ ॥

2.29

123,ii (NBṬ_123,ii_123,iii)

kasmāt punaratīte varttamāne cānupalabdhirgamiketyāha —

("tasyā evābhāvaniścayāt ॥ 29 ॥")(NB 2.29)

123,iii

tasyā eva yathoktakālāyā anupalabdherabhāvaniścayāt । anāgatā hyanupalabdhiḥ svayameva sandigdhasvabhāvā । tasyā asiddhāyā nā'bhāvaniścayo'pi tvatītavarttamānāyā iti ॥

<124>

2.30

124,i (NBṬ_124,i_124,iii)

sampratyanupalabdheḥ prakārabhedaṃ darśayitumāha —

("sā ca prayogabhedādekādaśaprakārā ॥ 30 ॥")(NB 2.30)

124,ii

sā ca eṣānupalabdhiḥ ekādaśaprakārā — ekādaśa prakārā asyā ityekādaśaprakārā ।

124,iii

kutaḥ prakārabhedaḥ ? prayogabhedāt । prayogaḥ prayuktiḥ śabdasyābhidhāvyāpāra ucyate । śabdo hi sākṣāt kvacidarthāntarābhidhāyī, kvacit pratiṣedhāntarābhidhāyī । sarvatraiva tu dṛśyānupalabdhiraśabdopāttāpi gamyata iti vācakavyāpārabhedādanupalambhaprakārabhedo na tu svarūpabhedāditi yāvat ॥

2.31

124,iv (NBṬ_124,iv_125,i)

prakārabhedān āha —

("svabhāvānupalabdhiryathā — nātra dhūma upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyānupalabdheriti ॥ 31 ॥")(NB 2.31)

<125>

125,i

svabhāvetyādi । pratiṣedhyasya yaḥ svabhāvastasyānupalabdhiryatheti । atreti dharmī । na dhūma iti sādhyam, upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasyānupalabdheriti hetuḥ, ayaṃ ca hetuḥ pūrvavadvyākhyeyaḥ ॥

2.32

125,ii (NBṬ_125,ii_126,ii)

pratiṣedhyasya yat kāryaṃ tasyānupalabdhirudāhniyate —

("kāryānupalabdhiryathā — nehāpratibaddhasāmarthyāni dhūmakāraṇāni santi, dhūmābhāvāditi ॥ 32 ॥")(NB 2.32)

125,iii

yatheti । iheti dharmī । apratibaddham anupahataṃ dhūmajananaṃ prati sāmarthyaṃ yeṣāṃ tānyapratibaddhasāmarthyāni na santīti sādhyam । dhūmābhāvaditi hetuḥ ।

<126>

126,i

kāraṇāni ca nāvaśyaṃ kāryavanti bhavantīti kāryādarśanādapratibaddhasāmarthyānāmevābhāvaḥ sādhyaḥ, na tvanyeṣām । apratibaddhaśaktīni cāntyakṣaṇabhāvīnyeva, anyeṣāṃ pratibandhasambhavāt ।

126,ii

kāryānupalabdhiśca yatra kāraṇamadṛśyaṃ tatra prayujyate । dṛśye tu kāraṇe dṛśyānupalabdhireva gamikā ।

126,iii (NBṬ_126,iii)

tatra dhavalagṛhoparisthito gṛhāṅgaṇamapaśyannapi cartuṣu pārśveṣvaṅgaṇabhittiparyantaṃ paśyati । bhittiparyantasamaṃ cālokasaṃjñakamākāśadeśaṃ dhūmaviviktaṃ paśyati । tatra dhūmābhāvaniścayād । yaddeśasthena vahninā janyamāno dhūmastaddeśaḥ syāt । tasya ca vahnerapratibaddhasāmarthyasyābhāvaḥ pratipattavyaḥ । tadgṛhāṅgaṇadeśena ca vahninā janyamāno dhūmastaddeśaḥ syāt । tasmāt taddeśasya vahnerabhāvaḥ pratipattavyaḥ ।

126,iv (NBṬ_126,iv_127,ii)

tadgṛhāṅgaṇadeśaṃ bhittiparikṣiptaṃ bhittiparyantaparikṣiptena cālokātmanā dhūmaviviktenākāśadeśena saha dharmiṇaṃ karoti ।

<127>

127,i

tasmād dṛśyamānādṛśyamānākāśadeśāvayavaḥ pratyakṣāpratyakṣasamudāyo vahnayabhāvapratītisāmarthyāyāto dharmī, na dṛśyamāna eva । "iha" — iti tu pratyakṣanirdeśo dṛśyamānabhāgāpekṣaḥ ।

127,ii

na kevalamihaiva dṛśyādṛśyasamudāyo dharmī, api tvanyatrāpi । śabdasya kṣaṇikatve sādhye kaścideva śabdaḥ pratyakṣo'nyastu parokṣastadvadihāpi । yathā cātra dharmī sādhyapratipattyadhikaraṇabhūto dṛśyādṛśyāvayavo darśitastadvaduttareṣvapi prayogeṣu svayaṃ pratipattavyaḥ ॥

<128>

2.33

128,i (NBṬ_128,i_129,ii)

pratiṣedhyasya vyāpyasya yo vyāpako dharmastasyānupalabdhirudāhniyate —

<129>

("vyāpakānupalabdhiryathā — nātra śiṃśapā, vṛkṣābhāvāditi ॥ 33 ॥")(NB 2.33)

129,i

yatheti । atreti dharmī । na śiṃśapeti śiṃśapā'bhāvaḥ sādhyaḥ । vṛkṣasya vyāpakasyābhāvāditi hetuḥ ।

129,ii

iyamapyanupalabdhirvyāpyasya śiṃśapātvasyā'dṛśyasyābhāve prayujyate । upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpte tu vyāpye dṛśyānupalabdhirgamikā । tatra yadā pūrvāparāvupaśliṣṭau samunnatau deśau bhavataḥ, tayorekastarugahanopeto'paraścaikaśilāghaṭito nirvṛkṣakakṣakaḥ । draṣṭāpi tatsthān vṛkṣān paśyannapi śiṃśapādibhedaṃ yo na vivecayati, tasya vṛkṣatvaṃ pratyakṣaṃ apratyakṣaṃ tu śiṃśapātvam । sa hi nirvṛkṣa ekaśilāghaṭite vṛkṣābhāvaṃ dṛśyatvād dṛśyānupalambhādavasyati । śiṃśapātvābhāvaṃ tu vyāpakasya vṛkṣatvasyābhāvāditi । tādṛśe viṣaye'syā abhāvasādhanāya prayogaḥ ॥

2.34

129,iii (NBṬ_129,iii_130,i)

("svabhāvaviruddhopalabdhiryathā — nātra śītasparśo vahneriti ॥ 34 ॥")(NB 2.34)

129,iv

pratiṣedhyasya svabhāvena viruddhasyopalabdhirudrāhriyate yatheti । atreti dharmī । na śītasparśa iti śītasparśapratiṣedhaḥ sādhyaḥ । vahneriti hetuḥ । iyaṃ cānupalabdhistatra prayoktavyā yatra śītasparśo'dṛśyaḥ, dṛśye dṛśyānupalabdhiprayogāt ।

<130>

130,i

tasmād yatra varṇaviśeṣād vahnirdṛśyaḥ, śītasparśo dūrasthatvāt sannapyadṛśyaḥ, tatrāsyāḥ prayogaḥ ॥

2.35

130,ii (NBṬ_130,ii_130,iii)

("viruddhakāryopalabdhiryathā — nātra śītasparśo dhūmāditi ॥ 35 ॥")(NB 2.35)

130,iii

pratiṣedhyena yad viruddhaṃ tatkāryasyopalabdhirgamikā — yatheti । atreti dharmī । na śītasparśa iti śītasparśābhāvaḥ sādhyaḥ । dhūmāditi hetuḥ । yatra śītasparśaḥ san dṛśyaḥ <131> syāt tatradṛśyānupalabdhirgamikā । yatra viruddho vahniḥ pratyakṣaḥ, tatra viruddhopalabdhirgamikā । dvayorapi tu parokṣatve virudvakāryopalabdhiḥ prayujyate ।

131,i (NBṬ_131,i)

tatra samastāpavarakasthaṃ śītaṃ nivarttayituṃ samarthasyāgneranumāpakaṃ yadā viśiṣṭaṃ dhūmakalāpaṃ niryāntamapavarakāt paśyati, tadā viśiṣṭādvahneranumitāt śītasparśanivṛttimanumimīte । iha dṛśyamānadvārapradeśasahitaḥ sarvo'pavarakābhyantaradeśo dharmī sādhyapratipattyanusaraṇāt pūrvavad draṣṭavya iti ॥

2.36

131,ii (NBṬ_131,ii_131,iii)

("viruddhavyāptopalabdhiryathā — na dhruvabhāvī bhūtasyāpi bhāvasya vināśaḥ, hetvantarāpekṣaṇāditi ॥ 36 ॥")(NB 2.36)

131,iii

pratiṣedhyasya yad viruddhaṃ tena vyāptasya dharmāntarasya upalabdhirudāharttavyā । yatheti । dhruvam avaśyaṃ bhavatīti dhruvabhāvī neti dhruvabhāvitvaniṣedhaḥ sādhyaḥ । vināśo dharmī । <132> bhūtasyīpi bhāvasyeti dharmiviśeṣaṇam । bhūtasya jātasyāpi vinaśvaraḥ svabhāvo nāvaśyambhāvī, kimutājātasyeti apiśabdārthaḥ । janakāddhetoranyo hetuḥ hetvantaraṃ mudgarādi । tadapekṣate vinaśvaraḥ । tasyāpekṣuṇāditi hetuḥ । hetvantarāpekṣaṇaṃ nāmādhruvabhāvitvena vyāptaṃ yathā vāsasi rāgasya rañjamādihetvantarāpekṣaṇamadhruvabhāvitvena vyāptam । dhruvabhāvitvaviruddhaṃ cādhruvabhāvitvam । vināśaśca vinaśvarasvabhāvātmā hetvantarāpekṣa iṣṭaḥ । tato viruddhavyāptahetvantarāpekṣaṇadarśanād dhruvabhāvitvaniṣedhaḥ ।

132,i (NBṬ_132,i^1) (NBṬ_132,i^2)

iha dhruvabhāvitvaṃ nityatvam, adhruvabhāvitvaṃ cānityatvam । nityatvānityatvayośca parasparaparihāreṇāvasthānādekatra virodhaḥ । tathā ca sati parasparaparihāravatordvayoryadaikaṃ dṛśyate tatra dvitīyasya tādātmyaniṣedhaḥ kāryaḥ । tādātmyaniṣedhaśca dṛśyatayā'bhyupagatasya sambhavati । yata evaṃ tādātmyaniṣedhaḥ kriyate — yadyayaṃ dṛśyamāno nityo bhavennityarūpo dṛśyeta । na ca nityarūpo dṛśyate । tasmānna nityaḥ । evaṃ ca pratiṣedhyasya nityatvasya dṛśyamānātmakatvamabhyupagamya pratiṣedhaḥkṛto bhavati । vastuno'pyadṛśyasya piśācāderyadidṛśyaghaṭātmaka<133>tvaniṣedhaḥ kriyate dṛśyātmaka tvamabhyupagamya karttavyaḥ । yadyayaṃ ghaṭo dṛśyamānaḥ piśācātmā bhavet piśāco dṛṣṭo bhavet । na ca dṛṣṭaḥ । tasmāt na piśāca iti । dṛśyātmatvābhyupagamapūrvako dṛśyamāne ghaṭādau vastuni vastuno'vastuno vā dṛśyasyādṛśyasya ca tādātmyapratiṣedhaḥ । tathā ca sati yathā ghaṭasya dṛśyatvamabhyupagamya pratiṣedho dṛśyānupalambhādeva tadvat sarvasya parasparaparihāravato'nyatra dṛśyamāne niṣedho dṛśyānupalambhādeva । tathā cāsyaivaṃjātīyakasya prayogasya svabhāvānupalabdhāvantarbhāvaḥ ॥

<134>

2.37

134,i (NBṬ_134,i_134,iii)

("kāryaviruddhopalabdhiryathā — nehāpratibaddhasāmarthyāni śītakāraṇāni santi, vahneriti ॥ 37 ॥")(NB 2.37)

134,ii

pratiṣedhyasya yat kāryaṃ tasya yadviruddhaṃ tasyopalabdherudāharaṇam — yatheti । iheti dharmī । apratibaddhaṃ sāmarthya yeṣāṃ śītakāraṇānāṃ śītajananaṃ prati, tāni na santi iti sādhyam । vahneriti hetuḥ ।

134,iii

yatra śītakāraṇāni adṛśyāni, śītasparśo'pyadṛśyaḥ, tatrāyaṃ hetuḥ prayoktavyaḥ । dṛśyatve tu śītasparśasya tatkāraṇānāṃ vā kāryānupalabdhirdṛśyānupalabdhirvā gamikā । tasmādeṣāpyabhāvasādhanī । tato yasmin uddeśe sadapi śītakāraṇamadṛśyaṃ śītasparśaśca dūrasthatvāt pratipatturvahnirbhāsvaravarṇatvād dūrādapi dṛśyastatrāyaṃ prayoga iti ॥

<135>

2.38

135,i (NBṬ_135,i_135,iii)

("vyāpakaviruddhopalabdhiryathā — nātra tuṣārasparśo vahneriti ॥ 38 ॥")(NB 2.38)

135,ii

pratiṣedhyasya yad vyāpakaṃ tena yad viruddhaṃ tasyopalabdhirudāharttavyā yatheti । atreti dharmī । tuṣārasparśo neti sādhyam । vahneriti hetuḥ ।

135,iii

yatra vyāpyastuṣārasparśo vyāpakaśca śītasparśo na dṛśyastatrāyaṃ hetuḥ । tayordṛśyatve svabhāvasya vyāpakasya cānupalabdhiryataḥ prayoktavyā । tathā ca satyabhāvasādhanīyam । dūravarttinaśca pratipattustuṣārasparśaḥ śītasparśaviśeṣaḥ, śītamātraṃ ca parokṣam । vahnistu rūpaviśeṣād dūrastho'pi pratyakṣaḥ । tato vahneḥ śītamātrābhāvaḥ । tataḥ śītaviśeṣetuṣārasparśābhāvaniścayaḥ । śītaviśeṣasya śītasāmānyena vyāptatvāditi viśiṣṭaviṣaye'syāḥ prayogaḥ ॥

2.39

135,iv (NBṬ_135,iv_135,v)

("kāraṇānupalabdhiryathā — nātra dhūmo vahāyabhāvāditi ॥ 39 ॥")(NB 2.39)

135,v

pratiṣedhyasya yat kāraṇaṃ tasyānupalabdherudāharaṇaṃ yatheti । atreti dharmī । na dhūma <136> iti sādhyam । vahnyabhāvāditi hetuḥ । yatra kāryaṃ sadapi adṛśyaṃ bhavati tatrāyaṃ prayogaḥ । dṛśye tu kārye dṛśyānupalabdhirgamikā । tato'yamapyabhāvasādhanaḥ । niṣkampāyatasalilapūrite hrade hemantocitabāṣpayodgame virale sandhyātamasi sati sannapi tatra dhūmo na dṛśyata iti kāraṇānupalabdhyā pratiṣedhyate । vahnistu yadi tasyāmbhasa upari plavamāno bhavet prajvalito, rūpaviśeṣādevopalabdho bhavet । ajvalitastu indhanamadhyaniviṣṭo bhavet । tatrāpi dahanādhikaraṇamindhanaṃ pratyakṣamiti svarūpeṇa, ādhārarūpeṇa vā dṛśya eva vahniriti tatrāsya prayoga iti ॥

<137>

2.40

137,i (NBṬ_137,i_137,ii)

("kāraṇaviruddhopaladhiryathā — nāsya romaharṣādiviśeṣāḥ, sannihitadahanaviśeṣatvāditi ॥ 40 ॥")(NB 2.40)

137,ii

pratiṣedhyasya yat kāraṇaṃ tasya yadviruddhaṃ tasyopalabdherudāharaṇaṃ yatheti । asyeti dharmī । romṇāṃ harṣa udbhedaḥ । sa ādiryeṣāṃ dantavīṇādīnāṃ śītakṛtānām, te viśi ṣyante tadanyebhyo bhayaśraddhādikṛtebhya iti romaharṣādiviśeṣāḥ । te na santīti sādhyam । dahana eva viśiṣyate tadanyasmāddahanācchītanivarttanasāmarthyeneti dahanaviśeṣaḥ । kaścid dahanaḥ sannapi na śītanivarttanakṣamo yathā pradīpaḥ । tādṛśanivṛttaye viśeṣagrahaṇam । sannihito dahanaviśeṣo yasya sa tathoktaḥ । tasya bhāvastasmāditi hetuḥ । yatra śītasparśaḥ sannapyadṛśyo romaharṣādiviśeṣāścādṛśyāḥ, tatrāyaṃ prayogaḥ । romaharṣādiviśeṣasya dṛśyatve dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ prayoktavyā । śītasparśasya dṛśyatve kāraṇānupalabdhiḥ । tasmādabhāvasādhano'yam । rūpaviśeṣāddhi dūrād <138> vahanaṃ paśyati । śītasparśastvadṛśyo romaharṣādiviśeṣāśca । teṣāṃ kāraṇaviruddhopalabdhyā'bhāvaṃ pratipadyata iti tatrāsya prayoga iti ॥

2.41

138,i (NBṬ_138,i_138,ii)

("kāraṇaviruddhakāryopalabdhiryathā — na romaharṣādiviśeṣayuktapuruṣavānayaṃ pradeśaḥ, dhūmāditi ॥ 41 ॥")(NB 2.41)

138,ii

pratiṣedhyasya yat kāraṇaṃ tasya yad viruddhaṃ tasya yat kāryaṃ tasyopalabdhirudāharttavyā — yatheti ayaṃ pradeśa iti dharmī । yogo yuktam । romaharṣādiviśeṣairyuvataṃ romaharṣādiviśeṣayuktam । tasya sambandhī puruṣo romaharṣādiviśeṣayuktapuruṣaḥ । tadvān na bhavatīti sādhyam । dhūmāditi hetuḥ ।

<139>

139,i (NBṬ_139,i)

romaharṣādiviśeṣasya pratyakṣatve dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ । kāraṇasya śītasparśasya pratyakṣatve kāraṇānupalabdhiḥ । vahnestu pratyakṣatve kāraṇaviruddhopalabdhiḥ prayoktavyā । trayāṇāmapyadṛśyatve'yaṃ prayogaḥ । tasmādabhāvasādhano'yam । tatra dūrasthasya pratipatturdahanaśītasparśaromaharṣādiviśeṣā apratyakṣāḥ santo'pi, dhūmastu pratyakṣo yatra, tatraitat pramāṇam । dhūmastu yādṛśastaddeśe sthitaṃ śītaṃ nivarttayituṃ samarthasya vahneranumāpakaḥ sa iha grāhyaḥ । dhūmamātreṇa tu vahnimātre'numite'pi na śītasparśanivṛttiḥ, nāpi romaharṣādiviśeṣanivṛttiravasātuṃ śakyeti na dhūmamātraṃ heturiti draṣṭavyamiti ॥

<140>

2.42

140,i (NBṬ_140,i_140,iii)

yadyekaḥ pratiṣedhaheturuktaḥ kathamekādaśā'bhāvahetava ityāha —

("ise sarve kāryānupaladhyādayo daśānupalabdhiprayogāḥ svabhāvānupalabdhau saṅgrahamupayānti ॥ 42 ॥")(NB 2.42)

140,ii

ime sarve ityādi । ime'nupalabdhiprayogāḥ । idamānantaraprakrāntā nirdiṣṭāḥ । tatra kiyatāmapi grahaṇe prasakta āha — kāryānupalabdhyādaya iti । kāryānupalabdhyādīnāmapi trayāṇāṃ caturṇāṃ vā grahaṇe prasakta āha — daśeti । tatra daśānāmapyudāhṛtamātrāṇāṃ grahaṇaprasaṅge satyāha — sarva iti ।

140,iii

etaduktaṃ bhavati — aprayuktā api prayuktodāharaṇasadṛśāśca sarva eveti । daśagrahaṇamantareṇa sarvagrahaṇe kriyamāṇe prayuktodāharaṇakārtsnyaṃ gamyeta । daśagrahaṇāttūdāharaṇakārtsnye'vagate sarvagrahaṇamatiricyamānamudāhṛtasadṛśakārtsnyāvagatayejāyate ।

<141>

2.43

141,i (NBṬ_141,i_142,i)

te svabhāvānupalabdhau saṅgrahaṃ tādātmyena gacchanti । svabhāvānupalabdhisvabhāvā ityarthaḥ ॥

141,ii

nanu ca svabhāvānupalabdhiprayogād bhidyante kāryānupalabdhyādayaḥ । tat kathamantarbhavanti ? ityāha —

("pāramparyeṇārthāntaravidhipratipedhābhyāṃ prayogabhede'pi ॥ 43 ॥")(NB 2.43)

141,iii

prayogabhede'pi — prayogasya śabdavyāpārasya bhede'pi antarbhavanti । kathaṃ prayogabheda ityāha — arthāntaravidhīti । pratiṣedhyādarthādarthāntarasya vidhirupalabdhiḥ svabhāvaviruddhādyupalabdhiprayogeṣu । pratiṣedhaḥ kāryānupalabdhyādiṣu prayogeṣu । arthāntaravidhinā, arthāntara<142>pratiṣedhena ca prayogā bhidyante । yadi prayogāntareṣvarthāntaravidhipratiṣedhau kathaṃ tarhi antarbhavanti ? ityāha — pāramparyeṇeti praṇālikayetyarthaḥ ।

142,i

etaduktaṃ bhavati — na sākṣādete prayogā dṛśyānupalabdhimabhidadhati, dṛśyānupalabdhyavyabhicāriṇaṃ tvarthāntarasya vidhiṃ niṣedhaṃ vā'bhidadhati । tataḥ praṇālikayāmīṣāṃ svabhāvānupalabdhau saṅgraho na sākṣāditi ॥

2.44

142,ii (NBṬ_142,ii_143,i)

yadi prayogabhedādeṣa bhedaḥ; parārthānumāne vaktavya eṣaḥ । śabdabhedo hi prayogabhedaḥ । śabdaśca parārthānumānamityāśaṅkyāha —

("prayogadarśanābhyāsāt svayamapyevaṃ vyavacchedapratītirbhavatīti svārthe'pyanumāne'syāḥ prayoganirdeśaḥ ॥ 44 ॥")(NB 2.44)

142,iii

prayogadarśanetyādi । prayogāṇāṃ śāstraparipaṭhitānāṃ darśanamupalambhaḥ । tasyābhyāsaḥ punaḥ punarāvarttanam । tasmānnimittāt । svayamapīti pratipatturātmano'pi । evam ityanantaroktena krameṇa । vyavacchedasya pratiṣedhasya pratītirbhavatīti itiśabdastasmādarthe ।

<143>

143,i

tadayamarthaḥ — yasmāt svayamapyevamanenopāyena pratipadyate prayogābhyāsāt, tasmāt svapratipattāvapyupayujyamānasyāsya prayogabhedasya svārthānumāne nirdeśaḥ । yat punaḥ parapratipattāvevopayujyate tat parārthānumāna eva vaktavyamiti ॥

<144>

2.45

144,i (NBṬ_144,i_144,ii)

nanu ca kāryānupalabdhyādiṣu kāraṇādīnāmadṛśyānāmeva niṣedhaḥ, dṛśyaniṣedhe svabhāvānupalabdhiprayogaprasaṅgāt । tathā ca sati na teṣāṃ dṛśyānupalabdherniṣedhaḥ । tat kathameṣāṃ prayogāṇāṃ dṛśyānupalabdhāvantarbhāva ityāha —

("sarvatra cāsyāmabhāvavyavahārasādhanyāmanupalabdhau yeṣāṃ svabhāvaviruddhādīnāmupalabdhyā kāraṇādīnāmanupalabdhyā ca pratiṣedha uktasteṣāmupaladhilakṣaṇaprāptānāmevopalabdhiranupalabdhiśca veditavyā ॥ 45 ॥")(NB 2.45)

144,ii

sarvatra cetyādi । abhāvaśca tadvyavahāraśca abhāvavyavahārau । ravabhāvānupalabdhāvabhāvavyavahāraḥ sādhya । śiṣṭeṣvabhāvaḥ । tayoḥ sādhanyāmanupalabdhau । sarvatra ceti caśabdo hiśabdasyārthe । yasmāt sarvatrānupalabdhau yeṣāṃ pratiṣedha uktasteṣāmupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptānāṃ dṛśyānāmevaṃ pratiṣedhastasmād dṛśyānupalabdhāvantarbhāvaḥ ।

144,iii (NBṬ_144,iii_144,iv)

kuta etad dṛśyānāmevetyāha — svabhāvetyādi । atrāpi cakāro hetvarthaḥ । yasmāt svabhāvaviruddha ādiryeṣāṃ teṣāmupalabdhyā, kāraṇamādiryeṣāṃ teṣāmanupalabdhyā pratiṣedha uktastasmād dṛśyānāmeva pratiṣedha ityarthaḥ ।

144,iv

yadi nāma svabhāvaviruddhādyupalabdhyā kāraṇādyanupalabdhyā ca pratiṣedha uktastathāpi kathaṃ dṛśyānāmeva pratiṣedha ityāha — upalabdhirityādi । atrāpi cakāro hetvarthaḥ । yasmād ye virodhinaḥ, vyāpyavyāpakabhūtāḥ, kāryakāraṇabhūtāśca jñātāsteṣāmavaśyamevopalabdhiḥ, upalabdhipūrvā cānupalabdhirveditavyā jñātavyā । upalabdhyanupalabdhī ca dve yeṣāṃ staste dṛśyā eva । tasmāt svabhāvaviruddhādyupalabdhyā kāraṇādyanupalabdhyā copalabdhyanupalabdhimatāṃ viruddhādīnāṃ pratiṣedhaḥ kriyamāṇo dṛśyānāmeva kṛto draṣṭavyaḥ ।

<145>

2.46

145,i (NBṬ_145,i_145,iii)

bahuṣu codyeṣu prakrānteṣu parihārasamuccayārthaścakāro hetvartho bhavati । yasmādidaṃ cedaṃ ca samādhānamasti tasmāt tattaccodyamayuktamiti cakārārthaḥ ॥

145,ii

kasmāt punaḥ pratiṣedhyānāṃ viruddhādīnāmupalabdhyanupalabdhī veditavye ityāha —

("anyeṣāṃ virodhakāryakāraṇabhāvābhāvāsiddheḥ ॥ 46 ॥")(NB 2.46)

145,iii

anyeṣāmiti । upalabdhyanupalabdhimadbhyo'nye'nupalabdhā eva ye teṣāṃ virodhaśca kāryakāraṇabhāvaśca kenacitsahābhāvaśca vyāpyasya vyāpakasyābhāve na sidhyati yasmāt tato virodha kāryakāraṇabhāvābhāvāsiddheḥ kāraṇād upalabdhyanupalabdhimanta evaṃ viruddhādayo niṣedhyāḥ । ubhayavantaśca dṛśyā eva । tasmād dṛśyānāmeva pratiṣedhaḥ ।

145,iv (NBṬ_145,iv)

tadayamarthaḥ । virodhaśca kāryakāraṇabhāvaśca vyāpakābhāve vyāpyābhāvaśca dṛśyānupalabdhereveti । ekasaṃnidhāvaparābhāvapratītau jñāto virodhaḥ । kāraṇābhimatābhāve ca kāryābhimatābhāvapratyaye'vasitaḥ kāryakāraṇabhāvaḥ । vyāpakābhimatābhāve ca vyāpyābhi<146>matābhāve niścite niścito vyāpyavyāpakabhāvaḥ । tatra vyāpyavyāpakabhāvapratīternimittamabhāvaḥ pratipattavyaḥ । iha gṛhīte vṛkṣābhāve hi śiṃśapātvābhāvapratītau pratīto vyāpyavyāpakabhāvaḥ । abhāvapratipattiśca sarvatra dṛśyānupalabdhereva । tasmādvirodham kāryakāraṇabhāvam, vyāpyavyāpakabhāvaṃ ca smaratā virodhakāryakāraṇabhāvavyāpyavyāpakabhāviviṣayābhāvapratipatti nibandhanaṃ dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ smartavyā । dṛśyānupalabdhyasmaraṇe virodhādīnāmasmaraṇam । tathā ca sati na viruddhādividhipratiṣedhābhyāmitarābhāvapratītiḥ syāt । virodhādigrahaṇakālabhāvinyāṃ ca dṛśyānupalabdhāvavaśyasmartavyāyāṃ tata evābhāvapratītiḥ ।

146,i (NBṬ_146,i_147,i)

tatra yadyapi saṃpratitanī nāsti dṛśyānupalabdhirvirodhādigrahaṇakāle tvāsīt । yā dṛśyānupalabdhiḥ saṃprati smaryamāṇā saivābhāvapratipattinibandhanam । tataḥ saṃprati nāsti dṛśyānupalabdhirityabhāvasādhanatvena dṛśyānupalabdhiprayogād bhidyante kāryānupalabdhyādiprayogāḥ ।

<147>

147,i

viruddhavidhinā, kāraṇādiniṣedhena ca yato dṛśyānupalabdhirākṣiptā tato dṛśyānupalabdhereva kālāntaravṛttāyāḥ smṛtiviṣayabhūtāyā abhāvapratipattiḥ । amīṣāṃ ca prayogāṇāṃ dṛśyānupalabdhāvantarbhāvaḥ । tadanena sarveṇa dṛśyānupalabdhāvantarbhāvo daśānāmanupalabdhiprayogāṇāṃ pāramparyeṇa darśita iti veditavyam ॥

<148>

2.47

148,i (NBṬ_148,i_148,ii)

uktā dṛśyānupalabdhirabhāve, abhāvavyavahāre ca sādhye pramāṇam । adṛśyānupalabdhistu kiṃsvabhāvā, kiṃvyāpārā cetyāha —

("viprakṛṣṭaviṣayā punaranupalabdhiḥ pratyakṣānumānanivṛttilakṣaṇā saṃśayahetuḥ ॥ 47 ॥")(NB 2.47)

148,ii

viprakṛṣṭetyādi । viprakṛṣṭastribhirdeśakālasvabhāvaviprakarṣairyasyā viṣayaḥ sā viprakṛṣṭaviṣayeti saṃśayahetuḥ । kiṃsvabhāvā setyāha — pratyakṣānumānanivṛttirlakṣaṇaṃ svabhāvo yasyāḥ sā pratyakṣānumānanivṛttilakṣaṇā । na jñānajñeyasvabhāveti yāvat ॥

<149>

2.48

149,i (NBṬ_149,i_149,ii)

nanu ca pramāṇāt prameyasattāvyavasthā । tataḥ pramāṇābhābāt prameyābhāvapratittiryuktetyāha —

("pramāṇanivṛttāvapyarthābhāvāsiddheriti ॥ 48 ॥")(NB 2.48)

<॥ svārthānumānaparicchedo dvitīyaḥ samāptaḥ ॥>

149,ii

pramāṇanivṛttāvapītyāha । kāraṇaṃ vyāpakaṃ ca nivartamānaṃ kāryaṃ vyāpyaṃ ca nivartayet । na ca pramāṇaṃ prameyasya kāraṇaṃ nāpi vyāpakam । ataḥ pramāṇayornivṛttāvapi arthasya prameyasya nivṛttirna sidhyati । tato'siddheḥ saṃśayaheturadṛśyānupalabdhiḥ, na niścayahetuḥ । yat punaḥ pramāṇasattayā prameyasattā sidhyati tad yuktam । prameyakārya hi pramāṇam । na ca kāraṇamantareṇa kāryamasti । na tu kāraṇānyavaśyaṃ kāryavanti bhavanti । tasmāt pramāṇāt prameyasattā vyavasthāpyā, na pramāṇāmāvāt prameyābhāvavyavastheti ॥

<॥ ācāryadharmottarakṛtāyāṃ nyāyabinduṭīkāyāṃ svārthānumāno dvitīyaḥ paricchedaḥ ॥>

<150>

3

<tṛtīyaḥ parārthānumānaparicchedaḥ ।>

3.1

150,i (NBṬ_150,i_150,ii)

svārthaparārthānumānayoḥ svārthaṃ vyākhyāya parārtha vyākhyātukāma āha —

("trirūpaliṅgākhyānaṃ parārthamanumānam ॥ 1 ॥")(NB 3.1)

150,ii

trirūpaliṅgākhyānamiti । trīṇi rūpāṇi — anvayavyatirekapakṣadharmatvasaṃjñakāni yasya tat trirūpam । trirūpaṃ ca talliṅgaṃ ca tasyākhyānam । ākhyāyate prakāśyate'neneti — trirūpaṃ liṅgamiti ākhyānam । kiṃ punastat ? vacanam । vacanena hi trirūpaṃ liṅgamākhyāyate । parasmāyidaṃ parārtham ॥

3.2

150,iii (NBṬ_150,iii_150,iv)

nanu ca samyagjñānātmakamanumānamuktam । tat kimarthaṃ saṃprati vacanātmakamanumānamucyata ityāha —

("kāraṇe kāryopacārāt ॥ 2 ॥")(NB 3.2)

150,iv

kāraṇe kāryopacārāditi । trirūpaliṅgābhidhānāt trirūpaliṅgasmṛtirutpadyate । smṛteścānumānam । tasmād anumānasya paramparayā trirūpaliṅgābhidhānaṃ kāraṇam । tasmin kāraṇe vacane kāryasya anumānasyopacāraḥ samāropaḥ kriyate । tataḥ samāropāt kāraṇaṃ vacana<151>manumānaśabdenocyate । aupacārikaṃ vacanamanumānam, na mukhyamityarthaḥ । na yāvat kiṃcidupacārādanumānaśabdena vaktuṃ śakyaṃ tāvat sarvaṃ vyākhyeyam । kintvanumānaṃ vyākhyātukāmenānumānasvarūpasya vyākhyeyatvānnimittaṃ vyākhyeyam । nimittaṃ ca trirūpaṃ liṅgam । tacca svayaṃ vā pratītamanumānasya nimittaṃ bhavati, pareṇa vā pratipāditaṃ bhavati । tasmālliṅgasya svarūpaṃ ca vyākhyeyam, tatpratipādakaśca śabdaḥ । tatra svarūpaṃ svārthānumāne vyākhyātam । pratipādakaśca śabda iha vyākhyeyaḥ । tataḥ pratipādakaṃ śabdamavaśyaṃ vaktavyaṃ darśayan anumānaśabdenoktavānācārya iti paramārthaḥ ॥

3.3

151,i (NBṬ_151,i_152,i)

parārthānumānasya prakārabhedaṃ darśayitumāha —

("tad dvividham ॥ 3 ॥")(NB 3.3)

<152>

152,i

tad dvividhamiti । taditi parārthānumānam । dvau vidhau prakārau yasya tad dvividham ॥

3.4

152,ii (NBṬ_152,ii_152,iii)

kuto dvividhamityāha —

("prayogabhedāt ॥ 4 ॥")(NB 3.4)

152,iii

prayogasya śabdavyāpārasya bhedāt । prayuktiḥ prayogorthābhidhānam । śabdasyārthābhidhānavyāpārabhedād dvividhamanumānam ॥

3.5

152,iv (NBṬ_152,iv_152,v)

tadevābhidhānavyāpāranibandhanaṃ dvaividhyaṃ darśayitumāha —

("sādharmyavadvaidharmyavacceti ॥ 5 ॥")(NB 3.5)

152,v

sādharmyavadvaidharmmavacceti । samāno dharmo'sya so'yaṃ sadharmā । tasya bhāvaḥ sādharmyam । visadṛśo dharmo'sya vidharmā । vidharmaṇo bhāvo vaidharmyam । dṛṣṭāntadharmiṇā saha sādhyadharmiṇaḥ sādṛśyaṃ hetukṛtaṃ sādharmyamucyate । asādṛśyaṃ ca hetukṛtaṃ vaidharmyaṃmucyate । tatra yasya sādhanavākyasya sādharmyamabhidheyaṃ tat sādharmyavat । yathā — yata kṛtakaṃ tadanityaṃ yathā ghaṭaḥ, tathā ca kṛtakaḥ śabda ityatra kṛtakatvakṛtaṃ dṛṣṭāntasādhyadharmiṇoḥ sādṛśyamabhidheyam । yasya tu vaidharmyamabhigheyaṃ tad vaidharmyavat । yathā — yannityaṃ tadakṛtakaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ yathākāśam । śabdastu kṛtaka iti kṛtakatvā'kṛtakatvakṛtaṃ śabdākāśayoḥ sādhyadṛṣṭāntadharmiṇorasādṛśyamihābhidheyam ॥

3.6

152,vi (NBṬ_152,vi_152,vii)

yadyanayoḥ prayogayorabhidheyaṃ bhinnaṃ kathaṃ tarhi trirūpaṃ liṅgamabhinnaṃ prakāśyamityāha —

("nānayorarthataḥ kaścidbhedaḥ ॥ 6 ॥")(NB 3.6)

152,vii

nānayorarthata iti arthaḥ prayojanam । yat prayojanaṃ prakāśayitavyaṃ vastu uddiśyānumāne prayujyete, tataḥ prayojanādanayorna bhedaḥ kaścit । trirūpaṃ hi liṅgaṃ prakāśayitavyam । taduddiśya dve apyete prayujyete । dvābhyāmapi trirūpaṃ liṅgaṃ prakāśyata eva । tataḥ prakāśayitavyaṃ prayojanamanayorabhinnam । tathā ca na tato bhedaḥ kaścit ॥

<153>

3.7

153,i (NBṬ_153,i_153,iii)

abhidheyabhedo'pi tarhi na syādityāha —

("anyatra prayogabhedāt ॥ 7 ॥")(NB 3.7)

153,ii

anyatra prayogabhedāditi । prayogo'bhidhānaṃ vācakatvam । vācakatvabhedādanyo bhedaḥ prayojanakṛto nāstītyarthaḥ ।

153,iii

etaduktaṃ bhavati । anyadabhidheyamanyat prakāśyaṃ prayojanam । tatrābhigheyāpekṣayā vācakatvaṃ bhidyate । prakāśyaṃ tvabhinnam । anvaye hi kathite vakṣyamāṇena nyāyena vyatirekagatirbhavati । vyatireke cānvayagatiḥ । tatastrirūpaṃ liṅgaṃ prakāśyamabhinnam । na ca yatrābhidheyabhedastatra sāmarthyagamyo'pyartho bhidyate । yasmāt "pīno devadatto divā na bhuṅkte" "pīno devadatto rātrau bhuṅkte" ityanayorvākyayorabhidheyabhedepi gamyamānamekameva tadvadihābhidheyabhedepi gamyasānaṃ vastvekameva ॥

<154>

3.8

154,i (NBṬ_154,i_154,ii^1)

("tatra sādharmyavatprogaḥ — yadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ sannopalabhyate so'sadvyavahāraviṣayaḥ siddhaḥ । yathā'nyaḥ kaśrid dṛṣṭaḥ śaśaviṣāṇādiḥ । nopalabhyate ca kvacit pradeśaviśeṣa upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpto ghaṭa ityanupalabdhiprayogaḥ ॥ 8 ॥")(NB 3.8)

154,ii (NBṬ_154,ii^2)

tatreti tayoḥ sādharmyavaidharmyavatoranumānayoḥ sādharmyavat tāvaduhārannanupalabdhimāha — yadityādinā । yadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ — yad dṛśyaṃ sannopalabhyate ityanena dṛśyānupalambho'nūdyate । so'sadvyavahāraviṣayaḥ siddhaḥ — tadasaditi vyavahartavyamityarthaḥ । anenāsadvyavahārayogyatvasya vidhiḥ kṛtaḥ । tataścāsadvyavahārayogyatve dṛśyānupalambho niyataḥ kathitaḥ । dṛśyamanupalabdhamasadvyavahārayogyamevetyarthaḥ । sādhanasya ca sādhye'rthe niyatatvakathanaṃ vyāpti<155>kathanam । yathoktam vyāpti rvyāpakasya tatra bhāva eva, vyāpyasya vā tatraiva bhāvaḥ iti । vyāptisādhanasya pramāṇasya viṣayo dṛṣṭāntaḥ । tameva darśayitumāha — yathānya iti । sādhyadharmiṇo'nyo dṛṣṭānta ityarthaḥ । dṛṣṭa iti pramāṇena niścitaḥ । śaśaviṣāṇaṃ hi na cakṣuṣā viṣayīkṛtam api tu pramāṇena dṛśyānupalambhenāsadvyavahārayogyaṃ vijñātam । śaśaviṣāṇamādiryasyāsadvyavahāraviṣayasya sa tathoktaḥ । śaśaviṣāṇādau hi dṛśyānupalambhamātranimitto'sadvayavahāraḥ pramāṇena siddhaḥ । tata eva pramāṇādanena vākyenābhidhīyamānā vyāptirjñātavyā ।

155,i (NBṬ_155,i)

saṃprati vyāptiṃ kathayitvā dṛśyānupalambhasya pakṣadharmatvaṃ darśayitumāha — nopalabhyate ceti । <156> pradeśa ekadeśaḥ pṛthivyāḥ । sa eva viśiṣyate'nyasmāditi viśeṣaḥ ekaḥ । pradeśaviśeṣa ityekasmin pradeśe । kvaciditi । pratipattuḥ pratyakṣa eko'pi pradeśaḥ । sa evābhāvavyavahārādhikaraṇaṃ yaḥ pratipattuḥ pratyakṣo nānyaḥ । upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpta iti dṛśyaḥ । yathā cāsato'pi ghaṭasya samāropitamupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptatvaṃ tathā vyākhyātam ॥

3.9

156,i (NBṬ_156,i_156,ii)

svabhāvahetoḥ sādharmyavantaṃ prayogaṃ darśayitumāha —

("tathā svabhāvahetoḥ prayogaḥ — yat sat tat sarvamanityam, yathā ghaṭādi riti śuddhasya svabhāvahetoḥ prayogaḥ ॥ 9 ॥")(NB 3.9)

156,ii

tatheti । yathā'nupalabdhestathā svabhāvahetoḥ sādharmyavān prayoga ityarthaḥ । yat saditi <157> sattvamanūdya tat sarvamanityamityanityatvaṃ vidhīyate । sarvagrahaṇaṃ ca niyamārtham । sarvamanityam । na kiñcinnānityam । yat sat tadanityameva । anityatvādanyatra nityatve sattvaṃ nāstītyevaṃ sattvamanityatve sādhye niyataṃ khyāpitaṃ bhavati । tathā ca sati vyāptipradarśanavākyamidam । yathā ghaṭādiriti vyāptisādhakasya pramāṇasya viṣayakathanametat । śuddhasyeti nirviśeṣaṇasya svabhāvasya prayogaḥ ।

3.9

157,i (NBṬ_157,i_157,iii)

saviśeṣaṇaṃ darśayitumāha —

("yadutpattimat tadanityamiti svabhāvabhūtadharmabhedena svabhāvasya prayogaḥ ॥ 10 ॥")(NB 3.10)

157,ii

yadutpattimaditi । utpatiḥ svarūpalābho yasyāsti tad utpattimat । utpatti mittvamanūdya tadanityamityanityatvavidhiḥ । tathā ca satyutpattimattvamanityatve niyatamākhyātam ।

157,iii

svabhāvaṃ bhūtaḥ tadātmako dharmaḥ । tasya bhedena । bhedaṃ hetūkṛtya prayogaḥ । anutpannebhyo hi vyāvṛttimāśrityotpanno bhāva ityucyate । saiva vyāvṛttiryadā vyāvṛttyantaranirapekṣā vaktumiṣyate tadā vyatirekiṇīva nirdiśyate — bhāvasya utpattiriti । tayā ca vyatiriktayevotpattyā viśiṣṭaṃ vastu utpattimaduktam । tena svabhāvabhūtena dharmeṇa kalpitabhedena <158> viśiṣṭaḥ svabhāvaḥ prayukto draṣṭavyaḥ ॥

3.11

158,i (NBṬ_158,i_158,iii)

("yat kṛtakaṃ tadanityamityupādhibhedena ॥ 11 ॥")(NB 3.11)

158,ii

yat kṛtakamiti kṛtakatvamanūdya anityatvaṃ vidhīyata iti anityatve niyataṃ kṛtakatvamuktam । ato vyāptiranityatvena kṛtakatvasya darśitā । upādhibhedena svabhāvasya prayoga iti saṃbandhaḥ । upādhirviśeṣaṇam । tasya bhedena bhinnenopādhinā viśiṣṭaḥ svabhāvaḥ prayukta ityarthaḥ ।

158,iii

iha kadācicchuddha evārtha ucyate, kadācidavyatiriktena viśeṣaṇena viśiṣṭaḥ kadācidvyatiriktena । devadatta iti śuddhaḥ, lambakarṇa ityabhinnakarṇadvayaviśiṣṭaḥ, citraguriti vyatiriktacitragavīviśiṣṭaḥ । tadvat sattvaṃ śuddham, utpatimattvamavyatiriktaviśeṣaṇam, kṛtakatvaṃ vyatiriktaviśeṣaṇam ॥

<159>

3.12

159,i (NBṬ_159,i_159,iii)

nanu ca citraguśabde vyatiriktasya viśeṣaṇasya vācakaścitraśabdo gośabdaścāsti । kṛtakaśabde tu nirviśeṣaṇavācinaḥ śabdasya prayogostītyāśaṅkyāha —

("apekṣitaparavyāpāro hi bhāvaḥ svabhāvaniṣpattau kṛtaka iti ॥ 12 ॥")(NB 3.12)

159,ii

apekṣiteti । pareṣāṃ kāraṇānāṃ vyāpāraḥ svabhāvasya niṣpattau — niṣpattyarthamapekṣitaḥ paravyāpāro yana sa tathoktaḥ । hīti yasmādarthe । yasmādapekṣitaparavyāpāraḥ kṛtaka ucyate tasmād vyatiriktena viśeṣaṇena viśiṣṭaḥ svabhāva ucyate । yadyapi vyatiriktaṃ viśeṣaṇapadaṃ na prayuktaṃ tathāpi kṛtakaśabdenaiva vyatiriktaṃ viśeṣaṇapadamantarbhāvitam । ata eva saṃjñāprakāro'yaṃ kṛtakaśabdo yasmāt saṃjñāyāmayaṃ kanpratyayo vihitaḥ । yatra ca viśeṣaṇamantarbhāvyate tatra viśeṣaṇapadaṃ na prayujyate ।

159,iii

kvacittu pratīyamānaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ yathā kṛta ityukte hatubhirityatat pratāyate । tatra ca hetuśabdaḥ prayujyate, kadācinna vā prayujyate ॥

3.13

159,iv (NBṬ_159,iv_160,ii)

("evaṃ pratyayabhedabheditvādayo'pi draṣṭavyāḥ ॥ 13 ॥")(NB 3.13)

159,v

prayujyamānasva śabdaśca yathā pratyayabhedabhediśabde pratyayabhedaśabdaḥ । yathā ca kṛtakaśabdo bhinnaviśeṣaṇasvabhāvābhidhāyī evaṃ pratyayabhedabheditvamādiryeṣāṃ prayatnāntarīyakatvādīnāṃ te'pi svabhāvahetoḥ prayogā bhinnaviśeṣaṇasvabhāvābhidhāyino draṣṭavyāḥ ।

159,vi

pratyayānāṃ kāraṇānāṃ bhedo viśeṣastena pratyayakālābhedenaṃ bhettuṃ śīlaṃ yasyasa pratyayabhedabhedī śabdastasya bhāvaḥ pratyayabhedabheditvam । tataḥ pratyayabhedabheditvācchabdasya kṛtakatvaṃ sādhyate । prayatnānantarīyakatvādanityatvam । tatra pratyayabhedaśabdo vyatiriktaviśeṣaṇābhidhāyī pratyayabhedabhediśabde prayuktaḥ । prayatnānantarīyakaśabde ca prayatnaśabdaḥ ।

<160>

160,i

tadevaṃ trividhaḥ svabhāvahetuprayogo darśitaḥ śuddho'vyatiriktaviśeṣaṇo vyatiriktaviśeṣaṇaśca ।

160,ii

evamarthaṃ caitadākhyātam — vācakabhedānmā bhūt kasyacitsvabhāvahetāvapi prayukte vyāmoha iti ॥

3.14

160,iii

("sannutpattimān kṛtako vā śabda iti pakṣadharmopadarśanam ॥ 14 ॥")(NB 3.14)

3.15

160,iv (NBṬ_160,iv_160,v)

atha kimete svabhāvahetavaḥ siddhasambandhe svabhāve sādhye prayoktavyā āhosvidasiddhasambandha ityāśaṅkya siddhasambandhe prayoktavyā iti darśayitumāha —

("sarva ete sādhanadharmā yathāsvaṃ pramāṇauḥ siddhasādhanadharmamātrānuvandha eva sādhyadharme'vagantavyāḥ ॥ 15 ॥")(NB 3.15)

160,v

sarva eta iti । gamakatvāt sādhanāni, parāśritatvācca dharmāḥ, sādhanadharmā eva <161> sādhanadharmamātram । mātraśabdenādhikasyāpekṣaṇīyasya nirāsaḥ । tasyānubandho'nugamanamanvayaḥ । siddhaḥ sādhanadharmamātrānubandho yasya sa tathoktaḥ । kena siddha ityāha — yathāsvaṃ pramāṇairiti । yasya sādhyadharmasya yadātmīyaṃ pramāṇaṃ tenaiva pramāṇena siddha ityarthaḥ । svabhāvahetūnāṃ ca bahubhedatvāt saṃbandhasādhanānyapi pramāṇāni bahūnīti pramāṇairiti bahuvacananirdeśaḥ । gamayitavyatvāt sādhyaḥ, parāśritatvācca dharmaḥ sādhyadharmaḥ ।

161,i (NBṬ_161,i_162,ii)

tadayaṃ paramārthaḥ — na hetuḥ pradīpavad yogyatayā gamako'pi tu nāntarīyakatayā viniścitaḥ । sādhyāvinābhāvitvaniścayanameva hi hetoḥ sādhyapratipādanavyāpāro nānyaḥ kaścit ।

<162>

162,i

prathamaṃ bādhakena pramāṇena sādhyapratibandho niścetavyo hetoḥ । punaranumānakāle sādhanaṃ sādhya nāntarīyakaṃ sāmānyena smartavyam । kṛtakatvaṃ nāmānitya svabhāvamiti sāmānyena smṛtamartha punarviśeṣe yojayati — idamapi kṛtakatvaṃ śabde vartamānamanitya svabhāvameveti ।

162,ii

tatra sāmānyasmaraṇaṃ liṅgajñānam । viśiṣṭasya tu śabdagatakṛtakatvasyā 'nityatvasvabhāvasya smaraṇamanumānajñānam । tathā ca satyavinābhāvitvajñānameva parokṣārthapratipādakatvaṃ nāma । tena niścitatanmātrānubandhe sādhyadharme svabhāvahetavaḥ prayoktavyā nānyatretyuktam ॥

3.16

162,iii (NBṬ_162,iii_162,iv)

yadyevaṃ sambandho niścetavyaḥ sādhyasya sādhanena saha । sādhanadharmamātrānubandhastu sādhyasya kasmānniścito mṛgyata ityāha —

("tasyaiva tatsvabhāvatvāt ॥ 16 ॥")(NB 3.16)

162,iv

tasyaiveti siddhasādhanadharmamātrānubandhasya । tatsvabhāvatvāditi sādhanadharmaravabhāvatvāt । yo hi sādhyadharmaḥ sādhanadharmamātrānubandhavāt sa eva tasya sādhanadharmasya svabhāvo nānyaḥ ॥

3.17

162,v (NBṬ_162,v_162,vi)

bhavatu īdṛśa eva svabhāvaḥ । svabhāva eva tu sādhye kasmāddhetuprayogaḥ ?

("svabhāvasya ca hetutvāt ॥ 17 ॥")(NB 3.17)

162,vi

svabhāvasya ca hetutvāt । svabhāva eva iha hetuḥ prakrāntaḥ । tasmāt sa eva sādhyaḥ kartavyaḥ yaḥ sādhanasya svabhāvaḥ syāt । sādhanadharmamātrānubandhavāṃśca svabhāvo nānyaḥ ॥

3.18

162,vii (NBṬ_162,vii_162,viii)

yadi sādhyadharmaḥ sādhanasya svabhāvaḥ syāt pratijñārthaikadeśastarhi hetuḥ syādityāha —

("vastutastayostādātmyam ॥ 18 ॥")(NB 3.18)

162,viii

vastuta iti । vastutaḥ paramārthataḥ sādhyasādhanayostādātmyam । samāropitastu sādhyasādhanabhedaḥ । sādhyasādhanabhāvo hi niścayārūḍhe rūpe । niścayārūḍhaṃ ca rūpaṃ samāropitena <163> bhedenetaretaravyāvṛttikṛtena bhinnamiti anyat sādhanam, anyat sādhyam । dūrāddhi śākhādimānartho bṛkṣa iti niścīyate na śiṃśapeti । atha ca sa eva vṛkṣaḥ saiva śiṃśapā । tasmādabhinnamapi vastu niścayo bhinnamādarśayati vyāvṛttibhedena । tasmānniścayārūḍharūpāpekṣayā anyat sādhanama anyat sādhyam । ato na pratijñārthaikadeśo hetuḥ । vāstavaṃ ca tādātmyamiti ॥

3.19

163,i (NBṬ_163,i_163,iii)

kasmāt punaḥ sādhanadharmamātrānubandhyeva sādhyaḥ svabhāvo nānya ityāha —

("tanniṣpattāvaniṣpannasya tatsvabhāvatvābhāvāt ॥ 19 ॥")(NB 3.19)

163,ii

tanniṣpattāviti । yo hi yannānubadhnāti sa tanniṣpattāvaniṣpannaḥ । tasya tanniṣpattāvaniṣpannasya sādhanasvabhāvatvamayuktam । yato niṣpattyaniṣpattī bhāvābhāvarūpe । bhāvābhāvau ca parasparaparihāreṇa sthitau । yadi ca pūrvaniṣpannasya, aniṣpannasya caikyaṃ bhavedekasyaivārthasya bhāvābhāvau syātāṃ yugapat । na ca viruddhayorbhāvābhāvayoraikyaṃ yujyate, viruddhadharmasaṃsargātmakatvādekatvābhāvasya ।

163,iii

kiñca paścādutpadyamānaṃ pūrvaniṣpannādbhinnahetukam । hetubhedapūrvakaśca kāryabhedaḥ । tato niṣpannāniṣpannayorviruddhadharmasaṃsargātmako bhedo bhedahetuśca kāraṇabheda iti kuta ekatvam ? tasmāt sādhanadharmamātrānubandhyeva sādhyaḥ svabhāvo nānyaḥ ॥

3.20

163,iv (NBṬ_163,iv_163,v)

mā bhūt paścānniṣpannaḥ pūrvajasya svabhāvaḥ । sādhyastu kasmānna bhavatītyāha —

("vyabhicārasaṃbhavācca ॥ 20 ॥")(NB 3.20)

163,v

vyabhicāretyādi । pūrvajena paścānniṣpannasya vyabhicāraḥ parityāgo yastasya saṃbhavācca <164> na pūrvaniṣpannasya paścānniṣpannaḥ sādhyaḥ । tasmāt sādhanadharmamātrānubandhyeva svabhāvaḥ । sa eva ca sādhyaḥ । tathā ca siddhasādhanadharmamātrānubandha eva svabhāve svabhāvahetavaḥ prayoktavyā iti sthitam ॥

3.21

164,i (NBṬ_164,i_164,iv)

("kāryahetoḥ prayogaḥ — yatra dhūmastatrāgniḥ । yathā mahānasādau । asti ceha dhūma iti ॥ 21 ॥")(NB 3.21)

164,ii

kāryahetoḥ prayogaḥ । sādharmyavāniti prakaraṇādapekṣaṇīyam । yatra dhūma iti dhūmamanūdya tatrāgnirityagne rvidhiḥ । tathā ca niyamārthaḥ pūrvavadavagantavyaḥ । tadanena kāryakāraṇabhāvanimittā vyāptirdarśitā ।

164,iii

vyāptisādhanapramāṇaviṣayaṃ darśayitumāha — yathā mahānasādāviti । mahānasādau hi pratyakṣānupalambhābhyāṃ kāryakāraṇabhāvātmāvinābhāvo niścitaḥ ।

164,iv

asti ceheti sādhyadharmiṇi pakṣadharmopasaṃhāraḥ ॥

3.22

164,v (NBṬ_164,v_164,vi)

("ihāpi siddha eva kāryakāraṇabhāve kāraṇe sādhye kāryaheturvaktavyaḥ ॥ 22 ॥")(NB 3.22)

164,vi

ihāpīti । na kevalaṃ svabhāvahetāvihāpi kāryahetau । siddha eveti niścite kāryakāraṇatve । kāryakāraṇabhāva niścayo hyavaśyaṃ kartavyaḥ । yato na yogyatayā heturgamako'pi tu nāntarīyakatvādityuktam ॥

<165>

3.23

165,i (NBṬ_165,i_165,ii)

sādharmyavānsvabhāvakāryānupalambhānāṃ prayogo darśitaḥ । vaidharmyavantaṃ darśayitumāha —

("vaidharmyavataḥ prayogaḥ — yat sadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ tadupalabhyata eva । yathā nīlādiviśeṣaḥ । na caivamihopalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptasya sata upalabdhirghaṭasyetyanupalabdhiprayogaḥ ॥ 23 ॥")(NB 3.23)

165,ii

vaidharmyavata iti yat sadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptamiti yat sat dṛśyamityastitvānuvādaḥ । tadupalabhyata ityupalambhavidhiḥ । tadanena dṛśyasya sattvaṃ darśanaviṣayatvena vyāptaṃ kathitam, asattvanivṛttiśca sattvama । anupalambhanivṛttiśca upalambhaḥ । tena sādhyanivṛttyanuvādena sādhananivṛttirvihitā । tathā ca sādhyanivṛttiḥ sādhananivṛttau niyatatvāt sādhananivṛttyā vyāptā kathitā । yadi ca dharmiṇi sādhyadharmo na bhaved heturapi na bhavet । hetvabhāvena sādhyābhāvasya vyāptatvāt । asti ca hetuḥ । ato vyāpakasya sādhanābhā vasyābhāvād vyāpyasya sādhyābhāvasyābhāva iti sādhyagati rbhavati । tato vaidharmyaprayoge sādhanābhāve sādhyābhāvo niyato darśanīyaḥ sarvatriti nyāyaḥ ॥

<166>

3.24

166,i (NBṬ_166,i_166,ii)

svabhāvahetorvaidharmyaprayogamāha —

("asatyanityatve nāstyeva sattvamutpattimattvaṃ kṛtakatvaṃ vā । saṃśca śabda utpattimān kṛtako veti svabhāvahetoḥ prayogaḥ ॥ 24 ॥")(NB 3.24)

166,ii

asatyanityatva iti । ihānityatvasya sādhyasyābhāvo hetorabhāve niyata ucyate । tena hetvabhāvena sādhyābhāvo vyāpta uktastriṣvapi svabhāvahetuṣu । sannutpattimān kṛtako vā śabda iti trayāṇāmapi pakṣadharmatvapradarśanam । iha ca sādhanābhāvasya vyāpakasyābhāva uktaḥ । tato vyāpyo'pi sādhyābhāvo nivartata iti sādhyagatiḥ ॥

3.25

166,iii (NBṬ_166,iii_166,iv)

kāryahetorvaidha rmyavatprayogamāha —

("asatyagnau na bhavatyeva dhūmaḥ । atra cāsti dhūma iti kāryahetoḥ prayogaḥ ॥ 25 ॥")(NB 3.25)

166,iv

asatyagnāviti । ihāpi vahnyabhāvo dhūmābhāvena vyāpta uktaḥ । asti cātra dhūma iti vyāpakasya dhūmābhāvasyābhāva uktaḥ । tato vyāpyasya vahnyabhāvasyābhāve sādhyagatiḥ ॥

3.26

166,v (NBṬ_166,v_167,ii)

nanu ca sādharmyavati vyatireko noktaḥ । vaidharmyavati cānvayaḥ । tat kathametat trirūpaliṅgākhyānamityāha —

<167>

("sādharmyeṇāpi hi prayoge'rthādvadharmyagatiriti ॥ 26 ॥")(NB 3.26)

167,i

sādharmyeṇeti । sādharmyeṇāpi abhidheyena yukte prayoge kriyamāṇe arthāt sāmarthyāt vaidharmyasya vyatirekasya gatirbhavatīti । hīti yasmāt । tasmāt trirūpaliṅgākhyānametat ।

167,ii

yadi nāma vyatireko'nvayavatā noktastathāpi anvayavacanasāmarthyādevāvasīyate ॥

3.27

167,iii (NBṬ_167,iii_167,iv)

katham ?

("asati tasmin sādhyena hetoranvayābhāvāt ॥ 27 ॥")(NB 3.27)

167,iv

asati tasmin vyatirekebuddhyādhyavasite sādhyena hetoranvayasya buddhyādhyavasitasyābhāvāt । sādhye niyataṃ sādhanamanvayavākyādavasyatā sādhyābhāve sādhanaṃ nāśaṅkanīyam । <168> itarathā sādhyaniyatameva na pratītaṃ syāt । sādhyābhāve ca sādhanābhāvagatirvyatirekagatiḥ । ataḥ sādhyaniyatasya sādhanasyābhidhānasāmarthyādanvayavākye'vasito vyatirekaḥ ॥

3.28

168,i (NBṬ_168,i_168,ii)

("tathā vaidharmyeṇāpyanvayagatiḥ ॥ 28 ॥")(NB 3.28)

168,ii

tatheti । yathā'nvayavākye tathā'rthādeva vaidharmyeṇa prayoge'nvayasyānabhidhīyamānasyāpi gatiḥ ॥

3.29

168,iii (NBṬ_168,iii_168,iv)

katham ?

("asati tasmin sādhyābhāve hetvabhāvasyāsiddheḥ ॥ 29 ॥")(NB 3.29)

168,iv

asati tasmin anvaye buddhigṛhīte sādhyābhāve hetvabhāvasyāsiddheranavasāyāt । hetvabhāve sādhyābhāvaṃ niyataṃ vyatirekavākyādavasyatā hetusaṃbhave sādhyābhāvo nāśaṅkanīyaḥ । itarathā hetvabhāve niyato na syāt pratītaḥ । hetusattve ca sādhyasattva gatiranvayagatiḥ । ataḥ sādhanābhāva niyatasya sādhyābhāvasyābhidhānasāmarthyād vyatirekavākye'nvayagatiḥ ॥

<169>

3.30

169,i (NBṬ_169,i_169,ii)

yadi nāmākāśādau sādhyābhāve sādhanābhāvastathāpi kimiti hetusaṃbhave sādhyasaṃbhava ityāha —

("na hi svabhāvapratibandhe'satyekasya nivṛttāvaparasya niyamena nivṛttiḥ ॥ 30 ॥")(NB 3.30)

169,ii

nahīti । svabhāvena pratibandho yastasminnasatyekasya sādhyasya nivṛttyā nāparasya sādhanasya niyamena yuktā niyamavatī nivṛttiḥ ॥

3.31

169,iii (NBṬ_169,iii_170,i)

("sa ca dviprakāraḥ sarvasya । tādātmyalakṣaṇastadutpattilakṣaṇaścetyuktam ॥ 31 ॥")(NB 3.31)

<170>

170,i

sa ca svabhāvapratibandho dviprakāraḥ sarvasya pratibaddhasya । tādātmyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ nimittaṃ yasya sa tathoktaḥ । tadutpattirlakṣaṇaṃ nimittaṃ yasya sa tathoktaḥ । yo yatra pratibaddhastasya sa pratibandhaviṣayo'rthaḥ svabhāvaḥ kāraṇaṃ vā syāt । anyasmin pratibaddhatvānupapatteḥ । tasmād dviprakāraḥ sa ityuktam । sa ca sārdhye'rthe liṅgasya ityatrāntare'bhihitaḥ ॥

3.32

170,ii (NBṬ_170,ii_170,iii)

("tenaṃ hi nivṛttiṃ kathayatā pratibandho darśanīyaḥ । tasmāt nivṛttivacanamākṣiptapratibandhopadarśanabheva bhavati । yacca pratibandhopadarśanaṃ tadevānvayavacanamityekenāpi vākyenānvayamukhena vyatirekamukhena vā prayuktena sapakṣāsapakṣayorliṅgasya sadasattvakhyāpanaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavatīti nāvaśyaṃ vākyadvayaprayogaḥ ॥ 32 ॥")(NB 3.32)

170,iii

hiryasmādarthe । yasmāt svabhāvapratibandhe nivartyanivartakabhāvastena sādhyasya nivṛttau sādhanasya nivṛttiṃ kathayatā pratibandho nivartyanivartakayordarśanīyaḥ । yadi hi sādhanaṃ sādhye pratibaddhaṃ bhaved evaṃ sādhyanivṛttau tanniyamena nivarteta । yataśca tasya pratibandho darśanīyaḥ tasmāt sādhyanivṛttau yat sādhananivṛttivacanaṃ tenākṣiptaṃ pratibandhopadarśanam । yacca tadākṣiptaṃ pratibandhopadarśanaṃ tadevānvayavacanam । pratibandhaścedavaśyaṃ darśayitavyo na vaktavyastarhyanvayaḥ । yasmād dṛṣṭānte pramāṇena pratibandho darśyamāna evānvayo nāparaḥ kaścit, <171> tasmānnivartyanivartakayoḥ pratibandho jñātavyaḥ । tathā cānvaya eva jñāto bhavati । itiśabdo hetau । yasmādanvaye'pi vyatirekagatiḥ vyatireke cānvayagatiḥ, tasmād ekenāpi sapakṣe cāsapakṣe ca sattvāsattvayoḥ khyāpanaṃ kṛtam ।

171,i (NBṬ_171,i_171,ii)

anvayo mukhamupāyo'bhidheyatvād yasya tad anvayamukhaṃ vākyam । evaṃ vyatireko mukhaṃ yasyeti । iti hetau । yasmādekenāpi vākyena dvayagatistasmādekasmin sādhanavākye dvayoranvayavyatirekavākyayoravaśyameva prayogo na karttavyaḥ ।

171,ii

arthagatyartho hi śabdaprayogaḥ । arthaścedavagataḥ, kiṃ śabdaprayogeṇa ? ekamevānvayavākyaṃ vyatirekavākyaṃ vā prayoktavyam ॥

3.33

171,iii (NBṬ_171,iii_172,i)

("anupalabdhāvapi — yat sad uparlābdhalakṣaṇaprāptaṃ tad upalabhyata evetyukte — anupalabhyamānaṃ tādṛśamasaditi pratīteranvayasiddhiḥ ॥ 33 ॥")(NB 3.33)

<172>

172,i

anupalabdhāvapi vyatirekeṇo ktenānvayagatiḥ । yat sad upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptamiti sādhyasya — asadvyavahārayogyatvasya nivṛttiṃ dṛśyasattva rūpāmāha । tadupalabhyata evetyanupalambhasya nivṛttimupalambharūpāmāha । tadanena sādhyanivṛttiḥ sādhananivṛttyā vyāptā darśitā । yadi ca sādhanasaṃbhavepi sādhyanivṛttirbhavet na sādhanābhāvena vyāptā bhavet । ato vyāptiṃ pratipadyamānena sādhanasaṃbhavaḥ sādhyasaṃbhavena vyāptaḥ pratipattavyaḥ । ata evāha — anupalabhyamānaṃ tādṛśamiti dṛśyamasaditi pratīteḥ saṃpratyayād anvayasiddhiriti ॥

3.34

172,ii (NBṬ_172,ii_172,iii)

("dvayorapyanayoḥ prayogayornāvaśyaṃ pakṣanirdeśaḥ ॥ 34 ॥")(NB 3.34)

172,iii

yataśca sādhanaṃ sādhyadharmapratibaddhaṃ tādātmyatadutpattibhyāṃ pratipattavyaṃ dvayorapi prayogayoḥ, tasmāt pakṣo'vaśyameva na nirdeśyaḥ । yat sādhanaṃ sādhyaniyataṃ pratītaṃ tata eva sādhyadharmiṇi dṛṣṭāt sādhyapratītiḥ । ato na kiṃcit sādhyanirdeśeneti ॥

<174>

3.35

174,i (NBṬ_174,i_174,iii)

enamevārthamanupalabdhiprayoge darśayati —

("yasmāt sādharmyavatprayoge'pi — yadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ sannopalabhyate so'sadvyavahāraviṣayaḥ । nopalabhyate cātropalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpto ghaṭa ityukte sāmarthyādeva neha ghaṭa iti bhavati ॥ 35 ॥")(NB 3.35)

174,ii

sādharmyavati prayogepi sāmarthyādeva neha pradeśe ghaṭa iti bhavati ।

174,iii

kiṃ punastat sāmarthyamityāha — yadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ sannopalabhyate — ityanupalambhānuvādaḥ । so'sadvyavahāraviṣayaḥ — ityasadvyavahārayogyatvavidhiḥ । tathā ca sati dṛśyānu<175>palambho'sadvyavahārayogyatvena vyāpto darśitaḥ । nopalabhyate ca ityādinā sādhyadharmiṇi sattvaṃ liṅgasya darśitam । yadi ca sādhyadharmastatra sādhyadharmiṇi na bhavet sādhanarmo'pi na bhavet । sādhyaniyatatvāt tasya sādhanadharmasyeti sāmarthyama ॥

3.36

175,i (NBṬ_175,i_175,iii)

("tathā vaidharmyavatprayoge'pi — yaḥ sadvyavahāraviṣaya upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaḥ, sa upalabhyata eva । na tathā'tra tādṛśo ghaṭa upalabhyata ityukte sāmarthyādeva neha sadvyavahāraviṣaya iti bhavati ॥ 36 ॥")(NB 3.36)

175,ii

yathā sādharmyavatprayoge tathā vaidharmyavatprayoge'pi sāmarthyādeva neha sadvyavahāraviṣayo'sti ghaṭa iti bhavati ।

175,iii

sāmarthya darśayitumāha — yaḥ sadvyavahāraviṣaya iti vidyamānaḥ । upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpta iti dṛśyaḥ ityeṣā sādhyanivṛttiḥ । sa upalabhyata eveti sādhananivṛttiriti । anena ca sādhyanivṛttiḥ sādhananivṛttyā vyāptā darśitā । na tatheti — yathā'nyo dṛśya upalabhyate na tathātra pradeśe tādṛśa iti dṛśyo ghaṭa upalabhyata iti । anena sādhyanivṛttervyāpikā nivṛttirasatī sādhyadharmiṇi darśitā । yadi ca sādhyadharmaḥ sādhyadharmiṇi na syāt sādhanadharmo'pi na bhavet । <176> asti ca sādhanadharma iti sāmarthyam । ataḥ sāmarthyāt nātsyatra ghaṭa iti pratīterna pakṣanirdeśaḥ । evaṃ kāryasvabhāvahetvorapi sāmarthyāt saṃpratyaya iti na pakṣanirdeśaḥ ॥

3.37

176,i

("kīdṛśaḥ punaḥ pakṣa iti nirdeśyaḥ ? ॥ 37 ॥")(NB 3.37)

3.38

176,ii (NBṬ_176,ii_176,iv)

kīdṛśaḥ purararthaḥ pakṣa iti — anenaśabdena nirdeśyo vaktavyaḥ ? ityāha —

("svarūpeṇaiva svayamiṣṭo'nirākṛtaḥ pakṣa iti ॥ 38 ॥")(NB 3.38)

176,iii

svarūpeṇaiveti sādhyatvenaiva । svayamiti vādinā । iṣṭa iti — nokta evāpi tviṣṭo'pītyarthaḥ । evaṃbhūtaḥ san pratyakṣādibhiḥ anirākṛto yo'rthaḥ sa pakṣa ityucyate ।

176,iv

atha yadi pakṣo na nirdeśyaḥ, kathamanirdeśyasya lakṣaṇamuktam ? na sādhanavākyāvayavatvādasya lakṣaṇamuktamapi tvasādhyaṃ kecit sādhyam, sādhyaṃ cāsādhyaṃ kecit pratipannāḥ । tat sādhyāsādhyavipratipattinikāraṇārthaṃ pakṣalakṣaṇamuktam ॥

3.39

176,v (NBṬ_176,v_176,vi)

svarūpeṇeṣṭa ityasya vivaraṇama —

("svarūpeṇeti sādhyatveneṣṭaḥ ॥ 39 ॥")(NB 3.39)

176,vi

sādhyatveneṣṭa iti । pakṣasya sādhyatvānnāparamasti rūpam । ataḥ svarūpaṃ sādhyatvamiti ॥

3.40

176,vii (NBṬ_176,vii_176,viii)

evaśabdaṃ vivaritumāha —

("svarūpeṇaiveti sādhyatvenaiveṣṭo na sādhanatvenāpi ॥ 40 ॥")(NB 3.40)

176,viii

svarūpeṇaiveti । nanu caivaśabdaḥ kevala eva pratyavamarṣṭavyastat kimarthaṃ svarūpaśabdena <177> saha pratyavamṛṣṭaḥ ? ucyate । evaśabdo nipāto dyotakaḥ । padāntarābhihitasyārthasya viśeṣaṃ dyotayati iti padāntareṇa viśeṣyavācinā saha nirdiṣṭaḥ । na sādhanatvenāpīti । yat sādhanatvena nirdiṣṭaṃ tat sādhanatveneṣṭam । asiddhatvācca sādhyatvenāpīṣṭam । tasya nivṛttyartha evaśabdaḥ ॥

3.41

177,i (NBṬ_177,i_177,iii)

tadudāharati —

("yathā śabdasyānityatve sādhye cākṣuṣatvaṃ hetuḥ, śabde'siddhatvāt sādhyam । na punastadiha sādhyatvenaiveṣṭam, sādhanatvenābhidhānāt ॥ 41 ॥")(NB 3.41)

177,ii

yatheti । śabdasyānityatve sādhye cākṣuṣatvaṃ hetuḥ śabde'siddhatvāt sādhyam — ityanena sādhyatveneṣṭimāha ।

177,iii

tad iti cākṣuṣatvam । iheti śabde । sādhyatvenaiveṣṭam — iti sādhyatveneṣṭiniyamābhāvamāha । sādhanatvenābhidhānād iti — yataḥ sādhanatvenābhihitam, ataḥ sādhanatvenāpīṣṭam । na sādhyatvenaiveti ॥

3.42

177,iv (NBṬ_177,iv_177,v)

svayamityanena svayaṃśabdaṃ vyākhyeyamupakṣipya tasyārthamāha —

("svayamiti vādinā ॥ 42 ॥")(NB 3.42)

177,v

vādineti । svayaṃśabdo nipāta ātmana iti ṣaṣṭhyantasyātmaneti ca tṛtīyāntasyātha varttate । tadiha tṛtīyāntasyātmaśabdasyārthe vṛttaḥ svayaṃśabdaḥ । ātmaśabdaśca sambandhiśabdaḥ । vādī ca pratyāsannaḥ । tato yasya vādina ātmā tṛtīyārthayuktaḥ sa eva tṛtīyārthayukto nirdiṣṭo vādineti । na tu svayaṃśabdasya vādinetyeṣa paryāyaḥ ॥

<178>

3.43

178,i (NBṬ_178,i_178,iii)

kaḥ punarasau vādītyāha —

("yastadā sādhanamāha ॥ 43 ॥")(NB 3.43)

178,ii

yastadā — iti vādakāle sādhanamāha । anekavādisambhave'pi svayaṃśabdavācyasya vādino viśeṣaṇametat ।

178,iii

yadyevaṃ vādina iṣṭaḥ sādhyaḥ — ityuktam । etena ca kimuktena ? anena tadā vādakāle tena vādinā svayaṃ yo dharmaḥ sādhayitumiṣṭaḥ sa eva sādhyo netaro dharma ityuktaṃ bhavati । vādino'niṣṭadharmasādhyatvanivarttanamasya vacanasya phalamiti yāvat ॥

3.44

178,iv (NBṬ_178,iv_179,ii)

atha kasmin satyanyadharmasādhyatvasya sambhavo yannivṛttyarthaṃ tad vaktavyamityāha —

("etena yadyapi kvacicchāstre sthitaḥ sādhanamāha, tacchāstrakāreṇa tasmin dharmiṇyanekadharmābhyupagame'pi yastadā tena vādinā dharmaḥ svayaṃ sādhayitu<179>miṣṭaḥ, sa eva sādhyo netara ityuktaṃ bhavati ॥ 44 ॥")(NB 3.44)

179,i

tacchāstrakāreṇeti । yacchāstraṃ tena vādinā'bhyupagataṃ tacchāstrakāreṇa tasmin sādhyadharmiṇi anekasya dharmasyābhyupagame sati anyadharmasādhyatvasambhavaḥ । tathāhi — śāstraṃ yenābhyupagataṃ tatsiddho dharmaḥ sarva eva tena sādhya ityasti vipratipattiḥ । anenāpāsyate । anekadharmābhyupagame'pi sati sa eva sādhyo yo vādina iṣṭo nānya iti ।

179,ii

nanu ca śāstrānapekṣaṃ vastubalapravṛttaṃ liṅgam । ato'napekṣaṇīyatvānna śāstre sthitvā vādaḥ karttavyaḥ । satyam । āhopuruṣikayā tu yadyapi kvacicchāstre sthita iti kiñcicchāstramabhyupagataḥ sādhanamāha, tathāpi ya eva tasyeṣṭaḥ sa eva sādhya iti jñāpanāyedamuktam ॥

3.45

179,iii (NBṬ_179,iii_179,v)

iṣṭa itīṣṭaśabdamupakṣipya vyācaṣṭe —

("iṣṭa iti yatrārthe vivādena sādhanamupanyastaṃ tasya siddhimicchatā so 'nukto'pi vacanena sādhyaḥ ॥ 45 ॥")(NB 3.45)

179,iv

yatrārtha ātmani viruddho vādaḥ prakrāntaḥ — "nāsti ātmā" — ityātmapratiṣedhavāda ātmasattāvādaviruddhaḥ, vidhipratiṣedhayorvirodhāt । tena vivādena hetunā sādhanamupanyastaṃ tasyātmārthasya siddhiṃ niścayam icchatā vādinā so'rthaḥ sādhya ityuktaṃ bhavati iṣṭaśabdena । yat tad "ityuktaṃ bhavati" iti grahaṇamante tadihāpekṣya vākyaṃ samāpayitavyam ।

179,v

yadyapi parārthānumāna ukta eva sādhyo yuktaḥ, anuktopi tu vacanena sādhyaḥ, sāmarthyoktatvāt tasya ॥

<180>

3.46

180,i (NBṬ_180,i_180,iii)

kuta etadityāha —

("tadadhikaraṇatvādvivādasya ॥ 46 ॥")(NB 3.46)

180,ii

taditi so'rtho'dhikaraṇam āśrayo yasya sa tadadhikaraṇo vivādaḥ । tasya bhāvastattvam । tasmāditi ।

180,iii

etaduktaṃ bhavati — yasmādvivādaṃ nirākarttumicchatā vādinā sādhanamupanyastaṃ tasmād yad adhikaraṇaṃ vivādasya tadeva sādhyam । yato viruddhaṃ vādamapanetuṃ sādhanamupanyastaṃ taccet na sādhyaṃ kimidānīṃ jātiniyataṃ kiṃcit sādhyaṃ syāditi ॥

3.47

180,iv (NBṬ_180,iv_180,v)

anuktamapi parārthānumāne sādhyamiṣṭam । tadudāharati —

("yathā parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṃghātatvācchayanāsanādyaṅgavaditi । atrātmārthā ityanuktāvapyātmārthatā sādhyā । tena noktamātrameva sādhyam — ityuktaṃ bhavati ॥ 47 ॥")(NB 3.47)

180,v

parārthā iti । cakṣurādiryeṣāṃ śrotrādīnāṃ te cakṣurādaya iti dharmī । parasmāyime parārthā iti sādhyaṃ pārārthyam । saṅghātatvāditi hetuḥ । vyāptiviṣayapradarśanaṃ ca śayanāsanādyaṅgavaditi । śayanamāsanaṃ ca te ādī yasya tacchayanāsanādi puruṣopabhogāṅgaṃ saṃghātarūpam । tadvadatra pramāṇe yadapyātmārthāścakṣurādaya ityātmārthatā noktā anuktāvapyātmārthatā sādhyā ।

<181>

181,i (NBṬ_181,i)

tathā hi — sāṃkhyenoktam — asti ātmā । tadviruddhaṃ bauddhenoktaṃ — nāstyātmeti । tataḥ sāṃkhyena svavādaviruddhaṃ bauddhavāda hetūkṛtya viruddhavādanirākaraṇāya svavādapratiṣṭhāpanāya ca sādhanamupanyastam । ato'nuktāvapyātmārthatā sādhyā, tadadhikaraṇatvād vivādasya । śayanāsanādiṣu hi puruṣopabhogāṅgeṣvātmārthatvenānvayo na prasiddhaḥ । saṅghātatvasya pārārthyamātreṇa tu siddhaḥ । tataḥ parārthā ityuktam ।

181,ii (NBṬ_181,ii_181,iii)

cakṣurādaya ityatrādigrahaṇādvijñānamapi parārthaṃ sādhayitumiṣṭam । vijñānācca para ātmaiva syāt ।

181,iii

parasyārthakāri vijñānaṃ setsyatīti sāmarthyādātmārthatvaṃ sidhyati cakṣurādīnāmiti matvā parārthagrahaṇaṃ kṛtam । teneṣṭa sādhyatvavacanena noktamātram, api tu prativādino vivādāspadatvād vādinaḥ sādhayitumiṣṭamuktam, anuktaṃ vā prakaraṇagamyaṃ sādhyamityuktaṃ bhavati ॥

<182>

3.48

182,i (NBṬ_182,i_182,iii)

("anirākṛta iti — etallakṣaṇayoge'pi yaḥ sādhayitumiṣṭo'pyarthaḥ pratyakṣānumānapratītisvavacanairnirākriyate, na sa pakṣa iti pradarśanārtham ॥ 48 ॥")(NB 3.48)

182,ii

anirākṛta iti vyākhyeyam । etaditi — anantaraprakrāntaṃ yat pakṣalakṣaṇamuktaṃ sādhyatveneṣṭetyādi — etallakṣaṇena yoge'pyartho na pakṣa iti pradarśanārtham pratipādanāya anirākṛtagrahṇaṃ kṛtam ।

182,iii

kīdṛśo'rtho na pakṣaḥ sādhayitumiṣṭo'pītyāha — yaḥ sādhayitumiṣṭo'rthaḥ — pratyakṣaṃ cānumānaṃ ca pratītiśca svavacanaṃ ca — etairnirākriyate — viparītaḥ sādhyate na sa pakṣa iti ॥

3.49

182,iv (NBṬ_182,iv_182,vi)

("tatra pratyakṣanirākṛto yathā — aśrāvaṇaḥ śabda iti ॥ 49 ॥")(NB 3.49)

182,v

tatreti । teṣu caturṣu pratyakṣādinirākṛteṣu pratyakṣanirākṛtaḥ kīdṛśaḥ ? yatheti । yathā'yaṃ pratyakṣanirākṛtastathā'nye'pi draṭavyā iti yathāśabdārthaḥ ।

182,vi

śravaṇena grāhyaḥ śrāvaṇaḥ । na śrāvaṇo'śrāvaṇaḥ । śrotreṇa na grāhya iti pratijñārthaḥ । śrotrāgrāhyatvaṃ śabdasya pratyakṣasiddhena śrotra grāhyatvena bādhyate ॥

<183>

3.50

183,i (NBṬ_183,i_183,ii)

("anumānanirākṛto yathā — nityaḥ śabda iti ॥ 50 ॥")(NB 3.50)

183,ii

anumānanirākṛto yathā nityaḥ śabda iti । śabdasya pratijñātaṃ nityatvam anityatvenānumānasiddhena nirākriyate ॥

3.51

183,iii (NBṬ_183,iii_183,iv)

("pratītinirākṛto yathā — acandraḥ śaśīti ॥ 51 ॥")(NB 3.51)

183,iv

pratītyā nirākṛtaḥ acandra iti candraśabdavācyo na bhavati śaśīti pratijñātārthaḥ । ayaṃ ca pratītyā nirākṛtaḥ । pratīto'rtha ucyate vikalpavijñānaviṣayaḥ । pratītiḥ pratītatvaṃ <184> vikalpavijñānaviṣayatvamucyate । tena vikalpajñānena pratītirūpeṇa śaśinaścandraśabdavācyatvaṃ siddhameva । tathā hi — yadvikalpa vijñānagrāhyaṃ tacchabdākārasaṃsargayogyam । yacchabdākārasaṃsargayogyaṃ tat sāṅketikena śabdena vaktuṃ śakyam । ataḥ pratītirūpeṇa vikalpavijñānaviṣayatvena siddhaṃ candraśabdavācyatvamacandratvasya bādhakam । svabhāvahetuśca pratītiḥ । yasmādvikalpaviṣayatvamātrānubandhinī sāṅketikaśabdavācyatā, tataḥ svabhāvahetusiddhaṃ candraśabdavācyatvamavācyatvasya bādhakaṃ draṣṭavyam ॥

<185>

3.52

185,i (NBṬ_185,i_185,ii^1)

("svavacananirākṛto yathā — nānumānaṃ pramāṇam ॥ 52 ॥")(NB 3.52)

185,ii (NBṬ_185,ii^2)

svavacanaṃ pratijñārthasyātmīyo vācakaḥ śabdaḥ । tena nirākṛtaḥ pratijñārtho na sādhyaḥ । yathā nānumānaṃ pramāṇam — ityatra anumānasya prāmāṇyaniṣedhaḥ pratijñārthaḥ । sa nānumānaṃ pramāṇam — ityanena svavācakena vākyena bādhyate । vākyaṃ hi etat prayujyamānaṃ vaktuḥ śābdapratyayasya sadarthatvamiṣṭaṃ sūcayati । tathāhi — madvākyād yo'rthasampratyayastavotpadyate so'satyārtha iti darśayan vākyameva noccārayedvaktā, vacanārthaścedasatyaḥ pareṇa jñātavyo vacanamapārthakam । yo'pi hi sarvaṃ mithyā bravīmīti vakti so'pyasya vākyasya satyārthatvamādarśayanneva vākyamuccārayati । yadyetadvākyaṃ satyārthamādarśitam, evaṃ vākyāntarāṇyātmīyānyasatyārthāni darśitāni bhavanti । etadeva tu yadyasatyārtham, anyānyasatyārbhāni na darśitāni bhavanti । tataśca na kiñciduccāraṇasya phalamiti noccārayet । tasmādvākyaprabhavaṃ vākyārthālambanaṃ vijñānaṃ satyārthaṃ darśayanneva vaktā vākyamuccārayati । tathā ca sati bāhyavastunāntarīyakaṃ śabdaṃ darśayatā śabdajaṃ vijñānaṃ satyārthaṃ darśayitavyam । tato bāhyārthakāryācchabdādutpannaṃ vijñānaṃ satyārthamādarśayatā kāryaliṅgajamanumānaṃ pramāṇaṃ śābdaṃ darśitaṃ bhavati ।

<186>

186,i (NBṬ_186,i)

tasmāt "nānumānaṃ pramāṇam" — iti bruvatā śābdasya pratyayasyāsannartho grāhya uktaḥ । asadarthatvameva hyaprāmāṇyamucyate, nānyat । śabdoccāraṇasāmarthyāccārthāvinābhāvī svaśabdo darśitaḥ । tathā ca sannartho darśitaḥ । tataḥ kalpitādarthakāryācchabdācchābda pratyayārthasyānumitaṃ sattvaṃ pratijñāyamānamasattvaṃ pratibadhnāti ।

186,ii (NBṬ_186,ii_187,i)

tadevaṃ svavacanānumitena sattvenāsattvaṃ bādhyamānaṃ svavacanena bādhitamuktamityayamatrārthaḥ ।

186,iii

anye tvāhuḥ — abhiprāyakāryācchabdājjātaṃ jñānamabhiprāyālambanam । sadarthamicchataḥ śabdaprayogaḥ । tenāprāmāṇyaṃ pratijñātaṃ bādhyata iti ।

<187>

187,i

tadayuktam । yata iha pratīteḥ svabhāvahetutvam, svavacanasya ca kāryahetutvaṃ kalpitamiṣṭam । na vāstavam abhiprāyakāryatvaṃ ca vāstavameva śabdasya । tatastadiha na gṛhyate ।

187,ii (NBṬ_187,ii)

kiñca । yathā — anumānamanicchan vahnyavyabhicāritvaṃ dhūmasya na pratyeti, tathā śabdasyāpyabhiprāyāvyabhicāritvaṃ na pratyeṣyati । bāhyavastupratyāyanāya ca śabdaḥ prayujyate । tanna śabdasyābhiprāyāvinābhāvitvābhyupagamapūrvakaḥ śabdaprayogaḥ । api ca, na svābhiprāya nivedanāya śabda uccāryate, api tu bāhya sattvapratipādanāya, tasmād bāhyavastvavinābhāvitvābhyupagamapūrvakaḥ śabdaprayogaḥ । tataḥ pūrvakameva vyākhyātamanavadyam ॥

3.53

187,iii (NBṬ_187,iii_187,iv)

("iti catvāraḥ pakṣābhāsā nirākṛtā bhavanti ॥ 53 ॥")(NB 3.53)

187,iv

evaṃca sati — anirākṛtagrahaṇenānantaroktāścatvāraḥ pakṣavadābhāsanta iti pakṣābhāsā nirastā bhavanti ॥

3.54

187,v (NBṬ_187,v_188,i)

samprati pakṣalakṣaṇapadāni yeṣāṃ vyavacchedakāni teṣāṃ vyavachedena yādṛśaḥ pakṣārtho labhyate taṃ darśayituṃ vyavacchedyān saṃkṣipya darśayati —

<188>

("evaṃ siddhasya, asiddhasyāpi sādhanatvenābhimatasya, svayaṃ vādinā tadā sādhayitumaniṣṭasya, uktamātrasya nirākṛtasya ca viparyayeṇa sādhyaḥ । tenaiva svarūpeṇābhimato vādina iṣṭo'nirākṛtaḥ pakṣa iti pakṣalakṣaṇamanavadyaṃ darśitaṃ bhavati ॥ 54 ॥")(NB 3.54)

188,i

evam — ityanantaroktakrameṇa । siddhasya viparyayeṇa viparītatvena hetunā sādhyo draṣṭavyaḥ । yasmādarthāt siddho'rtho viparītaḥ, sa sādhya ityarthaḥ । siddhaśca viparīto'siddhasya । tasmād asiddhaḥ sādhyaḥ । asiddho'pi na sarvo'pi tu sādhanatvenoktasyāsiddhasyāpi viparyayeṇa । svarya vādinā sādhayitumaniṣṭasya asiddhasya viparyayeṇa । tathā uktamātrasya asiddhasyāpi viparyayeṇa । tathā nirākṛtasyāsiddhasyāpi viparyayeṇa sādhyaḥ ।

188,ii (NBṬ_188,ii)

yaścāyaṃ pañcabhirvyavacchedyai rahito'rtho'siddho'sādhanaṃ vādinaḥ svayaṃ sādhayitumiṣṭa ukto'nukto vā pramāṇairanirākṛtaḥ sādhyaḥ, sa evāsau svarūpeṇaiva svayamiṣṭo'nirākṛta etaiḥ padairukta ityarthaḥ । yaścāyaṃ sādhyaḥ sa pakṣa iti ucyate । itiśabda evamarthe । evaṃ pakṣalakṣaṇamanavadyamiti । avidyamānamavadyaṃ doṣo yasya tadanavadyam । darśitaṃ kathitam ॥

3.55

188,iii (NBṬ_188,iii_189,i)

trirūpaliṅgākhyānaṃ parisamāpayya prasaṅgāgataṃ ca pakṣalakṣaṇamabhidhāya hetvābhāsān vaktukāmasteṣāṃ prastāvaṃ racayati trirūpetyādinā —

("trirūpaliṅgākhyānaṃ parārthānumānamityuktam । tatra trayāṇāṃ rūpāṇāmekasyāpi rūpasyānuktau sādhanābhāsaḥ ॥ 55 ॥")(NB 3.55)

188,iv

etaduktaṃ bhavati — trirūpaliṅgaṃ vaktukāmena sphuṭaṃ tadvaktavyam । evaṃ ca tat sphuṭamuktaṃ <189> bhavati yadi tacca, tatpratirūpakaṃ cocyate । heyajñāne hi tadviviktamupādeyaṃ sujñātaṃ bhavatīti । trirūpaliṅgākhyānaṃ parārthamanumānam iti prāg uktam ।

189,i

tatreti tasmin sati । trirūpaliṅgākhyāne parārthānumāne satītyarthaḥ । trayāṇāṃ rūpāṇāṃ madhya ekasyāpyanuktau । apiśabdād dvayorapi । sādhanasya ābhāsaḥ sadṛśaṃ sādhanasya, na sādhanamityarthaḥ । trayāṇāṃ rūpāṇāṃ nyūnatā nāma sādhanadoṣaḥ ॥

3.56

189,ii (NBṬ_189,ii_189,iii)

("uktāvapyasiddhau sandehe vā pratipādyapratipādakayoḥ ॥ 56 ॥")(NB 3.56)

189,iii

na kevalamanuktāvuktāvapyasiddhau sandehe vā । kasyetyāha — pratipādyasya prativādinaḥ, pratipādakasya ca vādino hetvābhāsaḥ ॥

3.57

189,iv (NBṬ_189,iv_190,i)

atha kasyaikasyārūpasyāsiddhau sandehe vā kiṃsaṃjñako hetvābhāsa ityāha —

<190>

("ekasya rūpasya dharmisambandhasyāsiddhau sandehe vā'siddho hetvābhāsaḥ ॥ 57 ॥")(NB 3.57)

190,i

ekasya rūpasyeti । dharmiṇā saha sambandhaḥ dharmisambandhaḥ । dharmiṇi sattvaṃ hetoḥ । tasya asiddhau sandehe vā asiddhasaṃjñāko hetvābhāsaḥ । asiddhatvādeva ca dharmiṇyapratipattihetuḥ । na sādhyasya, na viruddhasya, na saṃśayasya heturapi tvapratipattihetuḥ । na kasyacidataḥ pratipattiriti kṛtvā । ayaṃ cārtho'siddhasaṃjñākaraṇādeva pratipattavyaḥ ॥

3.58

190,ii (NBṬ_190,ii_190,iii)

udāharaṇamāha —

("yathā — anityaḥ śabda iti sādhye cākṣuṣatvamubhayāsiddham ॥ 58 ॥")(NB 3.58)

190,iii

yathetyādi । anityaḥ śabda ityanityatvaviśiṣṭe śabde sādhye cākṣuṣatvaṃ cakṣurgrāhyatvaṃ śabde dvayorapi vādiprativādinorasiddham ॥

3.59

190,iv (NBṬ_190,iv_190,vi)

("cetanāstarava iti sādhye sarvatvagapaharaṇe maraṇaṃ prativādyasiddham, vijñānendriyāyurnirodhalakṣaṇasya maraṇasyānenābhyupagamāt, tasya ca taruṣvasambhavāt ॥ 59 ॥")(NB 3.59)

190,v

cetanāstarava iti tarūṇāṃ caitanye sādhye । sarvā tvak sarvatvak । tasyā apaharaṇe sati maraṇaṃ digambarairupanyastaṃ prativādino bauddhasyāsiddham ।

190,vi

kasmādasiddhamityāha — vijñānaṃ cendriyaṃ cāyuśceti dvandvaḥ । tatra vijñānaṃ cakṣurādijanitam । rūpādivijñānotpattyā yadanumitaṃ kāyāntarbhūtaṃ cakṣurgolakādisthitaṃ rūpaṃ <191> tadindriyam । āyuriti loke prāṇā ucyante । na cāgamasiddhamiha yujyate vaktum । ataḥ prāṇasvabhāvamāyuriha । teṣāṃ nirodho nivṛttiḥ । sa lakṣaṇaṃ tattvaṃ yasya tat tathoktam । tathābhūtasya maraṇasya anena bauddhena pratijñātatvāt ।

191,i (NBṬ_191,i_191,iii)

yadi nāmaivaṃ tathāpi kathamasiddhamityāha — tasya ca vijñānādinirodhātmakasya taruṣvasambhavāt । sattāpūrvako nirodhaḥ । tataśca yo vijñānanirodhaṃ taruṣvicchet sa kathaṃ vijñānaṃ necchet । tasmād vijñānāniṣṭernirodho'pi neṣṭastaruṣu ।

191,ii

nanu ca śoṣo'pi maraṇamucyate । sa ca taruṣu siddhaḥ । satyam । kevalaṃ vijñānasattayā vyāptaṃ yat maraṇaṃ tadiha hetuḥ । vijñānanirodhaśca tatsattayā vyāptaḥ, na śoṣamātram । tato yanmaraṇaṃ hetustat taruṣvasiddham । yattu siddhaṃ śoṣātmakaṃ tadahetuḥ ।

191,iii

digambarastu sādhyena vyāptamavyāptaṃ vā maraṇamavivicya maraṇamātraṃ hetumāha । tadasya vādino hetubhūtaṃ maraṇaṃ na jñātam । ajñānāt siddhaṃ śoṣarūpam, śoṣarūpasya maraṇasya taruṣu darśanāt । prativādinastu jñātamato'siddham । yadā tu vādino'pi jñātaṃ tadā vādinopyasiddhaṃ syāditi nyāyaḥ ॥

<192>

3.60

192,i (NBṬ_192,i_192,ii)

("acetanāḥ sukhādaya iti sādhya utpattimatvam anityatvaṃ vā sāṃkhyasya svayaṃ vādino'siddham ॥ 60 ॥")(NB 3.60)

192,ii

acetanāḥ sukhādaya iti — sukhamādiryeṣāṃ duḥkhādīnāṃ te sukhādayaḥ । teṣāmacaitanye sādhye utpattimattvam, anityatvaṃ vā liṅgamupanyastam । ya utpattimanto'nityā vā te na cetanāḥ । yathā rūpādayaḥ । tathā cotpattimanto'nityā vā sukhādayastasmādacetanāḥ । caitanyaṃ tu puruṣasya svarūpam । atra cotpattimattvamanityatvaṃ vā paryāyeṇa heturna yugapat । tacca dvayamapi sāṃkhyasya vādino na siddham । parārtho hi hetūpanyāsaḥ । tena yaḥ parasya siddhaḥ sa heturvaktavyaḥ । parasya cāsata utpāda utpattimattvam, sataśca niranvayo vināśo'nityatvaṃ siddham । tādṛśaṃ ca dvayamapi sāṃkhyasyāsiddham । ihāpyanityatvotpattimattvasādhanād vādino'siddham । yadi tvanityatvotpattimattvayoḥ prāmāṇyaṃ vādino jñātaṃ syād tadā vādino'pi siddhaṃ syāt । tataḥ pramāṇāparijñānādidaṃ vādino'siddham ॥

3.61

192,iii (NBṬ_192,iii_192,iv)

saṃdigdhāsiddhaṃ darśayitumāha —

("tathā svayaṃ tadāśrayaṇasya vā saṃdehe'siddhaḥ ॥ 61 ॥")(NB 3.61)

192,iv

svayamiti hetorātmanaḥ sandehe'siddhaḥ । tadāśrayaṇasya veti — tasya hetorāśrayaṇam — āśrīyate'smin heturityāśrayaṇaṃ hetorvyatirikta āśrayabhūtaḥ sādhyadharmī kathyate । tatra hi <193> heturvarttamāno gamakatvenāśrīyate । tasyāśrayaṇasya sandehe sandigdhaḥ ॥

3.62

193,i (NBṬ_193,i_193,iii)

ātmanā sandihyamānamudāharttumāha —

("yathā bāṣpādibhāvena saṃdihyamāno bhūtasaṅghāto'gnisiddhāvupadiśyamānaḥsaṃdigdhāsiddhaḥ ॥ 62 ॥")(NB 3.62)

193,ii

yatheti । bāṣpa ādiryasya sa bāṣpādiḥ । tadbhāvena bāṣpāditvena saṃdihyamāno bhūtasaṃghāta iti bhūtānāṃ pṛthivyādīnāṃ saṃghātaḥ samūhaḥ । agnisiddhau — agnisiddhyartham upādīyamāno'siddhaḥ ।

193,iii

etaduktaṃ bhavati — yadā dhūmo'pi bāṣpāditvena saṃdigdho bhavati tadā'siddhaḥ, gamakarūpāniścayāt । dhūmatayā niścito vahnijanyatvād gamakaḥ । yadā tu saṃdigdhastadā na gamaka ityasiddhatākhyo doṣaḥ ॥

3.63

193,iv (NBṬ_193,iv_193,v)

āśrayaṇāsiddhamudāharati —

("yatheha nikuñje mayūraḥ kekāyitāditi ॥ 63 ॥")(NB 3.63)

193,v

yatheti । iha nikuñja iti dharmī । parvatoparibhāgena tiryaṅnirgatena pracchādito bhūmāgo nikuñjaḥ । mayūra iti sādhyam । kekāyitāditi hetuḥ । kekāyitaṃ — mayūradhvaniḥ ॥

<194>

3.64

194,i (NBṬ_194,i_194,ii)

kathamayamāśrayaṇāsiddha ityāha —

("tadāpātadeśavibhrame ॥ 64 ॥")(NB 3.64)

194,ii

tadāpāta iti । tasya kekāyitasyāpāta āgamanaṃ tasya deśaḥ sa ucyate yasmāda veśādāgacchati kekāyitam । tasya vibhrame vyāmohe satyayamāśrayaṇāsiddhaḥ । nirantareṣu vahuṣu nikuñjeṣu satsu yadā kekāyitāpātanikuñje vibhramaḥ — kimasmānnikuñjāt kekāyitamāgatam । āhosvidanyasmāditi, tadāyamāśrayaṇāsiddha iti ॥

3.65

194,iii (NBṬ_194,iii_195,i)

dharmiṇo'siddhāvapyasiddhatvamudāharati —

("dharmyasiddhāvapyasiddhaḥ — yathā sarvagata ātmeti sādhye sarvatropalabhyamānaguṇatvam ॥ 65 ॥")(NB 3.65)

194,iv

yatheti । sarvasmin gataḥ sthitaḥ sarvagato vyāpīti yāvat । vyāpitva ātmanaḥ sādhye sarvatropalabhyamānaguṇatvaṃ liṅgam । sarvatra deśa upalabhyamānāḥ sukhaduḥkhecchādveṣādayo guṇā yasyātmanastasya bhāvastattvam । na guṇā guṇinamantareṇa varttante । guṇānāṃ guṇini samavāyāt । niṣkriyaścātmā । tataśca yadi vyāpī na bhavet kathaṃ dākṣiṇāpatha upalabdhāḥ sukhādayo madhyadeśa upalabhyeran । tasmāt sarvagata ātmā ।

194,v

tadiha bauddhasyātmaiva na siddhaḥ, kimuta sarvatropalabhyamānaguṇatvaṃ sidhyet tasyetyasiddhau hetvābhāsaḥ । pūrvamāśrayaṇasaṃdehena dharmiṇi saṃdeha uktaḥ । saṃprati tvasiddho dharmyukta ityananayorviśeṣaḥ ।

<195>

195,i

tadevamekasya rūpasya dharmisambaddhasyāsiddhāvasiddho hetvābhāsaḥ ॥

3.66

195,ii (NBṬ_195,ii_195,iv)

("tathaikasya rūpasyāsapakṣe'sattvasyāsiddhāvanaikāntiko hetvābhāsaḥ ॥ 66 ॥")(NB 3.66)

195,iii

tathā'parasyaikasya rūpasya — asapakṣe'sattvākhyasyāsiddhāvanaikāntiko hetvābhāsaḥ ।

195,iv

eko'nta ekānto niścayaḥ । sa prayojanamasyetyaikāntikaḥ । naikāntiko'naikāntikaḥ । yasmānna sādhyasya na viparyayasya niścayo'pi tu tadviparītaḥ saṃśayaḥ । sādhyetarayoḥ saṃśayaheturanaikāntika uktaḥ ॥

<196>

3.67

196,i (NBṬ_196,i_196,ii)

tamudāharati —

("yathā śabdasyānityatvādike dharme sādhye prameyatvādiko dharmaḥ sapakṣavipakṣayoḥ sarvatraikadeśe vā varttamānaḥ ॥ 67 ॥")(NB 3.67)

196,ii

yathetyādinā । anityatvamādiryasyā'sau anityatvādiko dharmaḥ । ādiśabdādaprayatnānantarīyakatvaṃ prayatnānantarīyakatvaṃ nityatvaṃ ca parigṛhyate । prameyatvam ādiryasya sa prameyatvādikaḥ । ādiśabdādanityatvam, punaranityatvam, amūrttatvaṃ ca gṛhyate । śabdasya dharmiṇo'nityatvādike dharme sādhye prameyatvādiko dharmo'naikāntikaḥ । caturṇāmapi hi vipakṣe'sattvamasiddham ।

196,iii (NBṬ_196,iii_196,v)

tathāhi — anityaḥ śabdaḥ prameyatvāt ghaṭavad ākāśavaditi prameyatvaṃ sapakṣavipakṣavyāpi ।

196,iv

aprayatnānantarīyakaḥ śabdo'nityatvāt, vidyudākāśavad ghaṭavacca — ityanityatvaṃ sapakṣaikadeśavṛtti — vidyudādāvasti, nākāśādau; vipakṣavyāpi — prayatnānantarīyake sarvatra bhāvāt ।

196,v

anityatvāt prayatnānantarīyakaḥ śabdo ghaṭavad vidyudākāśavacca — ityanityatvaṃ vipakṣaikadeśavṛtti — vidyudādāvasti nākāśādau । sapakṣavyāpi sarvatra prayatnānantarīyake bhāvāt ।

196,vi (NBṬ_196,vi_197,i)

nityaḥ śabdo'mūrttatvād ākāśaparamāṇuvat, karmaghaṭavacca । ityamūrtatvamubhayaikadeśavṛtti — ubhayorekadeśa ākāśe karmaṇi ca vartate । paramāṇau tu sapakṣaikadeśe ghaṭādau ca vipakṣaikadeśe na varttate । mūrttatvāt ghaṭaparamāṇuprabhṛtīnām ।

196,vii

nityāstu paramāṇavo vaiśeṣikairabhyupagamyante । tataḥ sapakṣāntargatāḥ ।

<197>

197,i

asya caturvidhasya pakṣadharmasyāsattvamasiddhaṃ vipakṣe । tato'naikāntikatā ॥

3.68

197,ii (NBṬ_197,ii_197,iii)

("tathā — asyaiva rūpasya saṃdehe'pyanaikāntika eva ॥ 68 ॥")(NB 3.68)

197,iii

yathā cāsya rūpasyāsiddhāvanaikāntikastathā asyaiva vipakṣe'sattvākhyasya rūpasya saṃdehe'naikāntikaḥ ॥

3.69

197,iv (NBṬ_197,iv_197,vi)

tamudāharati —

("yathā'sarvajñaḥ kaścidvivakṣitaḥ puruṣo rāgādimān veti sādhye vaktṛtvādiko dharmaḥ sandigdhavipakṣavyāvṛttikaḥ ॥ 69 ॥")(NB 3.69)

197,v

yatheti । asarvajña ityasarvajñatvaṃ sādhyam । kaścidvivakṣita iti vakturabhipretaḥ puruṣo dharmīṃ । rāgā ādiryasya dveṣādeḥ sa rāgādiḥ । sa yasyāsti sa rāgādimān iti dvitīyaṃ sādhyam । vāgrahaṇaṃ rāgādimattvasya pṛthaksādhyatvakhyāpanārtham । tato'sarvajñatve rāgādimattve vā sādhye prakṛte vaktṛtvaṃ — vacanaśaktistadādiryasyonmeṣanimeṣādeḥ sa vaktṛtvādiko dharmo'naikāntikaḥ ।

197,vi

sandigdhā vipakṣā vyāvṛttiryasya sa tathoktaḥ । asarvajñatve sādhye sarvajñatvaṃ vipakṣaḥ । tatra vacanādeḥ sattvamasattvaṃ vā sandigdham । ato na jñāyate kiṃ vaktā sarvajña utāsarvajña ityanaikāntikaṃ vaktṛtvam ।

3.70

197,vii (NBṬ_197,vii_197,viii)

nanu ca sarvajño vaktā nopalabhyate tatkathaṃ vacanaṃ sarvajñe sandigdham ? ata eva

("sarvajño vaktā nopalabhyate ityevaṃprakārasyānupalambhasyādṛśyātmaviṣayatvonasaṃdehahetutvād । tato'sarvajñaviparyayādvaktṛtvādervyāvṛttiḥ sandigdhā ॥ 70 ॥")(NB 3.70)

197,viii

"sarvajño vaktā nopalabhyate" ityevamprakārasya — evaṃjātīyasyānupalambhasya saṃdehahetutvāt । kuta ityāha — adṛśya ātmā viṣayo yasya tasya bhāvo'dṛśyātmaviṣayatvaṃ tena sandehahetutvam । <198> yato'dṛśyaviṣayo'nupalambhaḥ sandehaheturna niścayahetustato'sarvajñavipakṣāt sarvajñād vaktṛtvādervyāvṛttiḥ sandigdhā ॥

3.71

198,i (NBṬ_198,i_198,iii)

("vaktṛtvasarvajñatvayorvirodhābhāvācca yaḥ sarvajñaḥ sa vaktā na bhavatītyadarśanepi vyatireko na sidhyati, saṃdehāt ॥ 71 ॥")(NB 3.71)

198,ii

nānupalambhāt sarvajñe vaktṛtvamasadbrūmaḥ । api tu sarvaṃjñatvena saha vaktṛtvasya virodhāt । etanna । sarvajñatvavaktṛtvayorvirodho nāsti । virodhābhāvācca kāraṇād vyatireko na sidhyati — iti saṃbandhaḥ ।

198,iii

vyāptimantaṃ vyatirekaṃ darśayati — yaḥ sarvajña iti । sādhyābhāvarūpaṃ sarvajñatvamanūdya "sa vaktā na bhavati" iti sādhanasya vaktṛtvasyābhāvo vidhīyate । tena sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāve niyatatvāt sādhanābhāvena vyāpta ukta iti । vyāptimānīdṛśo vyatireko virodhe sati vaktṛtvasarvajñatvayoḥ sidhyet । na cāsti virodhaḥ । tasmānna sidhyatīti । kuta ityāha — saṃdehāt । yato virodhābhāvaḥ, tasmāt saṃdehaḥ । sandehād vyatirekāsiddhiḥ ॥

3.72

198,iv (NBṬ_198,iv_198,v)

kathaṃ virodhābhāvaḥ ?

("dvividho hi padārthānāṃ virodhaḥ ॥ 72 ॥")(NB 3.72)

198,v

hīti yasmād dvividha eva virodho nānyaḥ, tasmānna vaktṛtvasarvaṃjñatvayorviṃrodhaḥ ॥

3.73

198,vi (NBṬ_198,vi_198,viii)

kaḥ punarasau dvividho virodha ityāha —

("avikalakāraṇasya bhavato'nyabhāve'bhāvād virodhagatiḥ ॥ 73 ॥")(NB 3.73)

198,vii

avikalakāraṇasyeti । avikalāni samagrāṇi kāraṇāni yasya sa tathoktaḥ । yasya kāraṇavaikalyādabhāvo na tasya kenacidapi virodhagatiḥ । tadartham avikalakāraṇagrahaṇam ।

198,viii

nanu ca yasyāpi kāraṇasākalyaṃ tasyāpi nivṛttiraśakyā kenacidapi karttum । tat kuto virodhagatiḥ ? evaṃ tarhi avikalakāraṇasyāpi yatkṛtāt kāraṇavaikalyād abhāvastena virodhagatiḥ ।

<199>

199,i (NBṬ_199,i)

tathā ca sati yo yasya viruddhaḥ sa tasya kiñcitkara eva । tathā hi — śītasparśasya janako bhūtvā śītasparśāntarajananaśaktiṃ pratibadhnan śītasparśasya nivarttako viruddhaḥ । tasmāddhetuvaikalyakārī viruddho janaka eka nivarttyasya । sahānavasthānavirodhaścāyam । tato viruddhayorekasminnapi kṣaṇe sahāvasthānaṃ pariharttavyam । dūrasthayorvirodhābhāvācca nikaṭasthayoreva nivarttyanivarttakabhāvaḥ ।

199,ii (NBṬ_199,ii_199,iii)

tasmādyo yasya nivarttakaḥ sa taṃ yadi paraṃ tṛtīye kṣaṇe nivarttayati । prathame kṣaṇe sannipatannasamarthāvasthādhānayogyo bhavati । dvitīye viruddhamasamarthaṃ karoti । tṛtīye tvasamarthe nivṛtte taddeśamākrāmati ।

199,iii

tatrāloko gatidharmā krameṇa jalataraṅganyāyena deśamākrāman yadā'ndhakāranirantaramālokakṣaṇaṃ janayati tadā''lokasamīpavarttinamandhakāramasamarthaṃ janayati । tato'sāmarthyaṃ taspa yasya samīpavarttyālokaḥ । asamarthe nivṛtte taddeśo jāyata āloka ityevaṃ krameṇā''lokenāndhakāro'paneyaḥ । tathoṣṇasparśena śītasparśo nivarttanīyaḥ ।

<200>

200,i (NBṬ_200,i_200,ii)

yadā tvālokastatraivāndhakāradeśe janyate tadā yataḥ kṣaṇādandhakāradeśasyālokasya janakaḥ kṣaṇaḥ utpadyate tata evāndhakāro'ndhakārāntarajananāsamartha utpannaḥ । tato'samarthāvasthājanakatvameva nivarttakatvam ।

200,ii

ataśca yasmin kṣaṇe janakastatastṛtīye kṣaṇe nivṛtto viruddho yadi śīghraṃ nivarttate ।

200,iii (NBṬ_200,iii)

janyajanakabhāvacca santānayorvirodho na kṣaṇayoḥ । yadyapi ca na santāno nāma vastu tathāpi santānino vastubhūtāḥ । tato'yaṃ paramārthaḥ — na kṣaṇayorvirodhaḥ । api tu bahūnāṃ <201> kṣaṇānām । yataḥ satsu dahanakṣaṇeṣu pravṛttā api śītakṣaṇā nivṛttidharmāṇo bhavantīti santānayornivarttyanivarttakatvanimitte ca virodhe sthite sarveṣāṃ paramāṇūnāṃ satyapyekadeśāvasthānābhāve na virodhaḥ, itaretarasantānānivarttanāt teṣām । gatidharmā cāloko yāṃ diśamākrāmati taddigvarttino virodhisantānān nivarttayati । tato'pavarakaikadeśasthā pradīpaprabhā'ndhakāranikaṭavarttivyapi nāndhakāraṃ nivarttayati, andhakārākrāntāyāṃ diśyālokakṣaṇāntarajananāsāmarthyāt । kāraṇāsāmarthyahetutvakṛtaṃ santānaniṣṭhameva virodhaṃ darśayatā bhavata iti kṛtam । bhavataḥ prabandhena pravarttamānasya śītasparśasantānasyābhāvo'nyasyoṣṇasantānasya bhāve satīti ।

<202>

202,i (NBṬ_202,i)

ye tvāhurna virodho vāstava iti ta idaṃ vaktavyāḥ — yathā na niṣpanne kārye kaścijjanya<203>janakabhāvo nāma dviṣṭho'sti । kāraṇapūrvikā tu kāryaṃvṛttiḥ । ato vāstava eva । tadvat na nivṛtte vastuni kaścit dviṣṭho nāma virodho'sti । dahananimittaṃ tu śītasparśasya kṣaṇāntarajananāsāmarthyam । ato virodho'pi vāstava eva ॥

3.74

203,i (NBṬ_203,i_203,ii)

udāharaṇamāha —

("śītoṣṇasparśavat ॥ 74 ॥")(NB 3.74)

203,ii

śītaścoṣṇaśca tāveva sparśau tayoriva । śītoṣṇasparśayorhiṃ pūrvavadvirodho yojanīyaḥ ॥

3.75

203,iii (NBṬ_203,iii_203,v)

dvitīyamapi virodhaṃ darśayitumāha —

("parasparaparihārasthitalakṣaṇatayā vā bhāvāmāvavat ॥ 75 ॥")(NB 3.75)

203,iv

parasparasya parihāraḥ parityāgastena sthitaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ rūpaṃ yayostadbhāvaḥ parasparaparihārasthitalakṣaṇatā tayā ।

203,v

iha yasmin paricchidyamāne yad vyavacchidyate tat paricchidyamānamavacchidyamānaparihāreṇa sthitarūpaṃ draṣṭavyam । nīle ca paricchidyamāne tādrūpyapracyutiravacchidyate, tadavyavacchede nīlāparicchedaprasaṅgāt । tasmādvastuno bhāvābhāvau parasparaparihāreṇa sthitarūpau । nīlāttu yadanyadrūpaṃ tannīlābhāvāvyabhicāri । nīlasya dṛśyasya pītādāvupalabhyamāne'nupalambhāda<204>bhāvaniścayāt । yathā ca nīlaṃ svābhāvaṃ pariharati, tadvad abhāvāvyabhicāri pītādikamapīti । tathā ca bhāvābhāvayoḥ sākṣādvirodhaḥ, vastunostvanyonyābhāvāvyabhicāritvādvirodhaḥ ।

204,i (NBṬ_204,i_205,i)

kasya cānyatrābhāvāvasāyaḥ ? yo niyatākāro'rthaḥ, tasya । na tvaniyatākāraḥ, kṣaṇikatvādivat । kṣaṇikatvaṃ hi sarveṣāṃ nīlādīnāṃ svarūpātmakam । ato na niyatākāram । yataḥ kṣaṇikatvaparihāreṇa na kiñcid dṛśyate ।

<205>

205,i

yadyevamabhāvo'pi na niyatākāraḥ । kathamaniyatākāro nāma ? yāvatā vasturūpaviviktākāraḥ kalpito'bhāvaḥ । tato dṛṣṭaṃ kalpitaṃ vā niyataṃ rūpamanyatrāsadityavasīyate । nāniyatam । evaṃ nityatvapiśācādirapi niyatākāraḥ kalpito draṣṭavyaḥ । ekātmatvavirodhaścāyam । yayorhi parasparaparihāreṇāvasthānaṃ tayorekatvābhāvaḥ ।

<206>

206,i (NBṬ_206,i)

ata eva lākṣaṇiko'yaṃ virodha ucyate । lakṣaṇaṃ rūpaṃ vastūnāṃ prayojanamasyeti kṛtvā । virodhena hyanena vastutattvaṃ vibhaktaṃ vyavasthāpyate । ata eva dṛśyamāne rūpe yanniṣidhyate tad dṛśyamevābhyupagamya niṣidhyate । tathā hi — abhāvo'pi piśāco'pi yadā pīte niṣeddhumiṣyate tadā dṛśyātmatayā niṣedhya iti dṛśyatvamabhyupagamya dṛśyānupalabdhereva niṣedhaḥ । tathā ca sati rūpe paricchidyamāna ekasmiṃstadabhāvo dṛśyo vyavacchidyate । yacca tadabhāvavanniyatākāraṃ <207> rūpaṃ tadapi dṛśyaṃ vyavacchidyate । tataḥ svapracyutivat pracyutimanto'pi vyavacchinnā iti ye parasparaparihārasthitarūpāḥ sarve te'nena niṣiddhaikatvā iti । satyapi cāsmin virodhe sahāvasthānaṃ syādapi ।

207,i (NBṬ_207,i)

tato bhinnavyāpārau virodhau । ekena virodhena śītoṣṇasparśayorekatvaṃ vāryate । anyena sahāvasthānam । bhinnaviṣayau ca । sakale vastunyavastuni ca parasparaparihāravirodhaḥ । vastunyeva katipaye sahānavasthānavirodhaḥ । tasmādbhinnavyāpārau bhinnaviṣayau ca । tato nānayoranyonyāntarbhāva iti ॥

3.76

207,ii (NBṬ_207,ii_208,ii)

("sa ca dvividho'pi virodho vaktṛtvasarvajñatvayorna sambhavati ॥ 76 ॥")(NB 3.76)

<208>

208,i

sa cāyaṃ dvividho'pi virodho vaktṛtvaṃ ca sarvajñatvaṃ ca tayorna sambhavati । na hyavikalakāraṇasya sarvajñatvasya vaktṛtvabhāvādabhāvagatiḥ । sarvajñatvaṃ hyadṛśyam । adṛṣṭasya cābhāvo nāvasīyate । tato nānena virodhagatirbhavati ।

208,ii

na ca vaktṛtvaparihāreṇa sarvajñatvamavasthitam । kāṣṭhādayo hi vaktṛtvaparihṛtāḥ । teṣāmapi sarvajñatvaprasaṅgāt । nāpi sarvajñatvaparihāreṇa vaktṛtvam । kāṣṭhādīnāmapi vaktṛtvaprasaṅgāt । tata evāvirodhād vaktṛtva vidherna sarvajñatvaniṣedhaḥ ॥

3.77

208,iii (NBṬ_208,iii_209,i)

syādetat — yadi nāstyeva virodho ghaṭapaṭayoriva syādapi tayoḥ sahāvasthitidarśanam । sahāvavasthityadarśanāttu virodhagatiḥ । virodhāccābhāvagatirityāśaṅkyāha —

208,iv

("na cāviruddhavidheranupalabdhāvapyabhāvagatiḥ ॥ 77 ॥")(NB 3.77)

<209>

209,i

na cāviruddhavidheriti anupalabdhāvapi nāyaṃ viruddhavidhiḥ yadyapi sahāvasthānānupalambhastathāpi na tayorvirodhaḥ । yasmānna sahānupalambhamātrād virodho'pi tu dvayorupalabhyamānayorniva rtyanivartakabhāvāvasāyāt । tasmādanupalabdhāvapi na vaktṛtvavidhe rviruddhavidhiḥ । ato'smānnānyasyābhāvagatiḥ ॥

3.78

209,ii (NBṬ_209,ii_209,iii)

tathā na vaktṛtvād rāgādimattvagatiḥ । yato yadi vacanādi rāgādīnāṃ kāryaṃ syādvacanāde rāgādigatiḥ syāt । rāgādinivṛttau vacanādinivṛttiḥ syāt । na ca kāryam । kutaḥ —

("rāgādīnāṃ vacanādeśca kāryakāraṇabhāvāsiddheḥ ॥ 78 ॥")(NB 3.78)

209,iii

rāgādīnāṃ vacanādeśca kāryakāraṇabhāvasyā'siddheḥ kāraṇānna kāryam । ato'smānna gatiḥ ॥

3.79

209,iv (NBṬ_209,iv_209,v)

mā bhūdrāgādikāryaṃ vacanaṃ sahacāri tu bhavati । tato rāgādau sahacāriṇi nivṛtte nivarttaṃte vacanamityāśaṅkyāha —

("arthāntarasya cākāraṇasya nivṛttau na vacanādernivṛttiḥ ॥ 79 ॥")(NB 3.79)

209,v

arthāntarasya cākāraṇasya nivṛttau sahacāritvadarśanamātreṇa nānyasya vacanādernivṛttiḥ । ato vaktṛtvaṃ bhavedrāgādivirahaśca ॥

3.80

209,vi (NBṬ_209,vi_210,i)

("iti sandigdha vyatireko'naikāntiko vacanādiḥ ॥ 80 ॥")(NB 3.80)

<210>

210,i

iti śabdastasmādarthe । tasmādasarvajñatvaviparyayād vipakṣātsarvajñatvād, rāgādimattvaviparyayādarāgādimattvāt sandigdho vyatireko vacanādeḥ । ato'naikāntiko vacanādiḥ ॥

3.81

210,ii (NBṬ_210,ii_210,iii)

evamekaikarūpādisiddhisandehe hetudoṣān ākhyāya dvayordvayo rūpayorasiddhisandehe hetudoṣān vaktukāma āha —

("dvayo rūpayorviparyayasiddhau viruddhaḥ ॥ 81 ॥")(NB 3.81)

210,iii

dvayoriti । dvayo rūpayorviparyayasiddhau sattyāṃ viruddhaḥ ॥

3.82

210,iv (NBṬ_210,iv_210,v)

trīṇi ca rūpāṇi santi । tato viśeṣajñāpanārthamāha —

("kayordvayoḥ ? ॥ 82 ॥")(NB 3.82)

210,v

kayordvayoriti ॥

3.83

210,vi (NBṬ_210,vi_211,i)

viśiṣṭe rūpe darśayati —

("sapakṣe satvasya, asapakṣe cāsatvasya । yathā kṛtakatvaṃ prayatnānantarīya katvaṃ ca nityatve sādhye viruddho hetvābhāsaḥ ॥ 83 ॥")(NB 3.83)

210,vii

sapakṣe sattvasya, asapakṣe cāsattvasya viparyayasiddhāviti sambandhaḥ । kṛtakatvamiti svabhāvahetuḥ । prayatnānantarīyakatva miti kāryahetuḥ । prayatnānantarīyaka śabdena hi prayatnānantaraṃ janma jñānaṃ ca prayatnānantarīyakamucyate । janma jāyamānasya svabhāvaḥ । jñānaṃ jñeyasya kāryam । tadiha prayatnānantaraṃ jñānaṃ gṛhyate । tena kāryahetuḥ ।

<211>

211,i

etau hetū nityatve sādhye viruddhau hetvābhāsau ॥

3.84

211,ii (NBṬ_211,ii_211,iii)

kasmāt punaretau viruddhāvityāha —

("anayoḥ sapakṣe'satvam, asapakṣe ca satvamiti viparyayasiddhiḥ ॥ 84 ॥")(NB 3.84)

211,iii

anayoriti । sapakṣe hi nitye katakatvaprayatnānantarīyakatvayorasattvameva niścitam । anitye vipakṣe eva sattvaṃ niścitamiti viparyayasiddhiḥ ॥

3.85

211,iv (NBṬ_211,iv_211,v)

kasmāt punarviparyayasiddhāvapyetau viruddhāvityāha —

("etau ca sādhyaviparyayasādhanādviruddhau ॥ 85 ॥")(NB 3.85)

211,v

etau ca sādhyasya nityatvasya viparyayam — anityatvaṃ sādhayataḥ । tataḥ sādhyaviparyayasādhanādviruddhau ॥

3.86

211,vi (NBṬ_211,vi_211,vii)

yadi sādhyaviparyayasādhanādviruddhāvetau, uktaṃ ca parārthānumāne sādhyam, na tvanuktam; iṣṭaṃ ca anuktam । ato'nya iṣṭavighātakṛdābhyāmiti darśayannāha —

("nanu ca tṛtīyo'pīṣṭavighātakṛd viruddhaḥ ॥ 86 ॥")(NB 3.86)

211,vii

nanu ca tṛtīyo'pi viruddha uktaḥ । uktaviparyayasādhanau dvau । tṛtīyo'yamiṣṭasya śabdenānupāttasya vighātaṃ karoti viparyayasādhanāditi iṣṭavighātakṛt ॥

3.87

211,viii (NBṬ_211,viii_212,i)

tamudāharati —

("yathā parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṅghātatvācchayanāsanādyaṅgavaditi ॥ 87 ॥")(NB 3.87)

<212>

212,i

yatheti । cakṣurādaya iti dharmī । paro'rthaḥ prayojanaṃ parārthaḥ prayojakaḥ saṃskārya upakarttavyo yeṣāṃ te parārthāḥ — iti sādhyam । saṃghātatvāt sañcitarūpatvāditi hetuḥ । cakṣurādayo hi paramāṇusañcitirūpāḥ । tataḥ saṃghātarūpā ucyante । śayanamāsanaṃ cādiryasya tacchayanāsanādi । tadevāṅgaṃ puruṣopabhogāṅgatvāt । ayaṃ vyāptipradarśanaviṣayo dṛṣṭāntaḥ । atra hi pārārthyena saṃhatatvaṃ vyāptam । yataḥ śayanāsanādayaḥ saṃghātarūpāḥ puruṣasya bhogino bhavantyupakārakā iti parārthā ucyante ॥

3.88

212,ii (NBṬ_212,ii_212,iv)

kathamayamiṣṭavighātakṛdityāha —

("tadiṣṭāsaṃhatapārārthyaviparyayasādhanādviruddhaḥ ॥ 88 ॥")(NB 3.88)

212,iii

tadiṣṭāsaṃhatapārārthyaviparyayasādhanāditi । asaṃhate viṣaye pārārthyamasaṃhatapārārthyam । tasya sāṃkhyasya vādina iṣṭamasaṃhatapārārthyaṃ tadiṣṭāsaṃhatapārāthyaṃm । tasya viparyayaḥ saṃhatapārārthyaṃ nāma । tasya sādhanād viruddhaḥ ।

212,iv

"ātmā asti" iti bruvāṇaḥ sāṃkhyaḥ "kuta etad" iti paryanuyukto bauddhenedamātmanaḥ siddhaye pramāṇamāha । tasmādasaṃhatasyātmana upakārakatvaṃ sādhyaṃ cakṣurādīnām । ayaṃ tu heturviparyayavyāptaḥ । yasmādyo yasyopakārakaḥ sa tasya janakaḥ । janyamānaśca yugapat krameṇa vā bhavati saṃhataḥ । tasmāt parārthāścakṣurādayaḥ saṃhataparārthā iti siddham ॥

<213>

3.89

213,i (NBṬ_213,i)

ayaṃ ca viruddha ācāryadiṅ nāgenoktaḥ —

("sa iha kasmānnoktaḥ ॥ 89 ॥")(NB 3.89)

3.90

213,ii (NBṬ_213,ii_213,iii)

sa kasmād vārttikakāreṇa satā tvayā noktaḥ ? itara āha —

("anayorevāntarbhāvāt ॥ 90 ॥")(NB 3.90)

213,iii

anayoreva sādhyaviparyayasādhanayorantarbhāvāt ।

3.91

213,iv (NBṬ_213,iv_213,v)

nanu coktaviparyapaṃ na sādhayati । tat kathamuktaviparyayasādhanayorevāntarbhāva ityāha —

("na hyayamābhyāṃ sādhyaviparyayasādhanatvena bhidyate ॥ 91 ॥")(NB 3.91)

213,v

na hyayamiti । hīti yasmādarthe । yasmād ayamiṣṭavidhātakṛdābhyāṃ hetubhyāṃ sādhyaviparyayasya sādhanatvena na bhidyate । yathā tau sādhyaviparyayasādhanau tathā'yamapīti । uktaviparyayaṃ tu sādhayatu vā mā vā kimuktaviparyayasādhanena । tasmādanayorevāntarbhāvaḥ ॥

3.92

213,vi (NBṬ_213,vi_213,viii)

nanu coktameva sādhyaṃ tat kathaṃ sādhyaviparyayasādhanatvenābheda ityāha —

("nahīṣṭoktayoḥ sādhyatvena kaścidviśeṣa iti ॥ 92 ॥")(NB 3.92)

213,vii

na hīti yasmādiṣṭoktayoḥ parasparasmāt sādhyatvena na kaścidviśeṣo bheda iti । tasmādanayorevāntarbhāva ityupasaṃhāraḥ ।

213,viii

prativādino hi yajjijñāsitaṃ tat prakaraṇāpannam । yacca prakaraṇāpannaṃ tat sādhanecchayā viṣayīkṛtaṃ sādhyamiṣṭamuktamanuktaṃ vā, na tūktamātrameva sādhyam । tenāviśeṣa iti ॥

3.93

213,ix (NBṬ_213,ix_213,x)

("dvayo rūpayorekasyāsiddhāvaparasya ca sandehe'naikāntikaḥ ॥ 93 ॥")(NB 3.93)

213,x

dvayo rūpayo rviparyayasiddhau viruddha uktaḥ । tayostu dvayormadhya ekasyāsiddhau, aparasya ca sandehe'naikāntikaḥ ॥

<214>

3.94

214,i (NBṬ_214,i_214,ii)

kīdṛśo'sāvityāha —

("yathā vītarāgaḥ kaścit sarvajño vā, vaktṛtvāditi । vyatireko'trāsiddhaḥ । sandigdho'nvayaḥ ॥ 94 ॥")(NB 3.94)

214,ii

yatheti । vigato rāgo yasya sa vītarāga ityekaṃ sādhyam । sarvajño veti dvitīyam । vaktṛtvāditi hetuḥ । vyatireko'trāsiddha iti । svātmanyeva sarāge cāsarvajñe ca vipakṣe vaktṛtvaṃ dṛṣṭam । ato'siddho vyatirekaḥ । sandigdho'nvayaḥ ॥

3.95

214,iii (NBṬ_214,iii_214,iv)

kuta ityāha —

("sarvajñavītarāgayorviprakarṣādvacanādestatra sattvamasattvaṃ vā sandigdham ॥ 95 ॥")(NB 3.95)

214,iv

sapakṣabhūtayoḥ sarvajñavītarāgayorviprakarṣādityatīndriyatvād vacanāderindriyagamyasyāpi tatra atīndriyayoḥ sarvajñatvavī (jñavī) tarāgayoḥ sattvamasattvaṃ vā sandigdham । tataśca na jñāyate kiṃ baktṛtvāt sarvaṃjña uta netyanaikāntikaṃ iti ॥

3.96

214,v (NBṬ_214,v_214,vi)

samprati dvayoreva sandehe'naikāntikaṃ vaktumāha —

("anayoreva dvayo rūpayoḥ sandehe'naikāntikaḥ ॥ 96 ॥")(NB 3.96)

214,vi

anayoreva — anvayavyatirekarūpayoḥ sandehāt saṃśayahetuḥ ।

3.97

214,vii (NBṬ_214,vii_214,ix)

udāharaṇam —

("yathā sātmakaṃ jīvaccharīraṃ prāṇādimatvāditi ॥ 97 ॥")(NB 3.97)

214,viii

yatheti । sahātmanā varttaṃte sātmakamiti sādhyam । śarīramiti dharmī । jīvadgrahaṇaṃ dharmiviśeṣaṇam । mṛte hyātmānaṃ necchati ।

214,ix

prāṇāḥ śvāsādaya ādiryasyonmeṣanimeṣādeḥ prāṇidharmasya sa prāṇādiḥ । sa yasyāsti tat prāṇādimat jīvaccharīram । tasya bhāvastattvam । tasmādityeṣa hetuḥ ॥

<215>

3.98

215,i (NBṬ_215,i^1) (NBṬ_215,i^2_216,i)

ayamasādhāraṇaḥ saṃśayaheturupapādayitavyaḥ । pakṣadharmasya ca dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ saṃśayahetutvam । saṃśayaviṣayau yāvākārau tābhyāṃ sarvasya vastunaḥ saṃgrahāt । tayośca vyāpakayorākārayorekatrāpi vṛttyaniścayāt । yābhyāṃ hyākārābhyāṃ sarvaṃ vastu na saṃgṛhyate tayorākārayorna saṃśayaḥ । prakārāntarasambhave hi pakṣadharmo dharmiṇamaviyuktaṃ dvayorekena dharmeṇa darśayituṃ na śaknuyāt । ato na saṃśayahetuḥ syāt । dvayordharmayoraniyataṃ bhāvaṃ darśayan saṃśayahetuḥ । dvayostvaniyatamapi bhāvaṃ darśayitumaśakto'pratipattihetuḥ । niyataṃ tu bhāvaṃ darśayan samyag heturviruddho vā syāt । tasmād yābhyāṃ sarvaṃ vastu saṃgṛhyate tayoḥ saṃśayaheturyadi tayorekatrāpi sadbhāvaniścayo na syāt । sadbhāvaniścaye tu yadyekatra niyatasattāniścayo heturviruddho vā syāt । aniyatasattāniścaye tu sādhāraṇānaikāntikaḥ, sandigdhavipakṣa<216>vyāvṛttikaḥ, sandigdhānvayo'siddhavyatireko vā syāt । ekatrāpi tu vṛttyaniścayādasādhāraṇānaikāntiko bhavati । tato'sādhāraṇānaikāntikasyānaikāntikatve hetudvayaṃ darśayitumāha —

("na hi sātmakanirātmakābhyāmanyo rāśirasti yatrāyaṃ prāṇādirvarttate(rvarteta) ॥ 98 ॥")(NB 3.98)

216,i

nahīti । sahātmanā varttate sātmakaḥ । niṣkrānta ātmā yasmāt sa nirātmakaḥ । tābhyāṃ yasmānnānyo rāśirasti । kiṃbhūtaḥ ? yatrāyaṃ vastudharmaḥ prāṇādirvartteta ? tasmādayaṃ tayorbhavati saṃśayahetuḥ ॥

3.99

216,ii (NBṬ_216,ii_216,iii)

kasmādanyarāśyabhāva ityāha —

("ātmano vṛtivyavacchedābhyāṃ sarvasaṃgrahāt ॥ 99 ॥")(NB 3.99)

216,iii

ātmano vṛttiḥ sadbhāvo vyavacchedo'bhāvaḥ । tābhyāṃ sarvasya vastunaḥ saṃgrahāt kroḍīkaraṇāt । yatra hyātmā asti tat sātmakam । anyannirātmakam । tato nānyo rāśirasti — iti saṃśayahetutvakāraṇam ॥

<217>

3.100

217,i (NBṬ_217,i_217,ii)

prakārābhyāṃ sarvavastusaṅgrahaṃ pratipādya dvitīyamāha —

("nāpyanayorekatra vṛttiniścayaḥ ॥ 100 ॥")(NB 3.100)

217,ii

nāpyanayoḥ sātmakānātmakayormadhya ekatra sātmake'nātmake vā vṛtteḥ sadbhāvasya niścayo'sti । dvāvapi rāśī tyaktvā na varttate prāṇādiḥ, vastudharmatvāt । tataścānayoreva varttate ityetāvadeva jñātam । viśeṣe tu vṛttiniścayo nāstītyayamarthaḥ ॥

3.101

217,iii (NBṬ_217,iii_217,v)

tadāha —

("sātmakatvenā'nātmakatvena vā prasiddhe prāṇāderasiddheḥ ॥ 101 ॥")(NB 3.101)

217,iv

sātmakatvenā'nātmakatvena vā viśeṣeṇa yukte prasiddhe niścite vastuni prāṇāderdharmasya sarvavastuvyāpinoḥ prakārayorekatra niyatasadbhāvasyāsiddheranaikāntikaḥ, aniścitatvāt ।

217,v

tadevamasādhāraṇasya dharmasyānaikāntikatve kāraṇadvayamabhihitam ॥

<218>

3.102

218,i (NBṬ_218,i_218,iii)

pakṣadharmaśca bhavan sarvaḥ sādhāraṇo'sādhāraṇo vā bhavatyanaikāntikaḥ । tasmādupasaṃhāravyājena pakṣadharmatvaṃ darśayati —

("tasmājjīvaccharīrasambandhī prāṇādiḥ sātmakādanātmakācca sarvasmād vyāvṛttatvonāsiddhestābhyāṃ na vyatiricyate ॥ 102 ॥")(NB 3.102)

218,ii

tasmādityādinā । jīvaccharīrasya sambandhī pakṣadharma ityarthaḥ । yasmāt tayorekatrāpi na nivṛttiniścayastasmāt tābhyāṃ na vyatiricyate ।

218,iii

vastudhame hi sarvavastuvyāpinoḥ prakārayorekatra niyatasadbhāvo niścitaḥ prakārāntarānnivartteta । ata evāha — sātmakādanātmakācca sarvasmād vastuno vyāvṛttatvenāsiddherita । prāṇādistāvat kutaścid ghaṭādernivṛtta eva । tata etāvadavasātuṃ śakyam — sātmakādanātmakādvā kiyato nivṛttaḥ । sarvasmāt tu nivṛtto nāvasīyate । tato na kutaścid vyatirekaḥ ॥

<219>

3.103

219,i (NBṬ_219,i_219,ii)

yadyevamanvayo'stu tayorniścita ityāha —

("na tatrānveti ॥ 103 ॥")(NB 3.103)

219,ii

na tatra sātmake'nātmake vā'rthenveti — anvayavān prāṇādiḥ ॥

3.104

219,iii (NBṬ_219,iii_219,iv)

kuta ityāha —

("ekātmanyapyasiddheḥ ॥ 104 ॥")(NB 3.104)

219,iv

ekātmanyapīti । ekātmani sātmake'nātmake vā'siddheḥ kāraṇāt । vastudharmatayā tayordvayorekatra vā varttata ityavasitaḥ prāṇādiḥ । na tu sātmaka eva nirātmaka eva vā varttata iti kuto'nvayaniścayaḥ ॥

3.105

219,v (NBṬ_219,v_220,i)

nanu ca prativādino na kiñcat sātmakamasti । tato'sya hetorna sātmake'nvayo na vyatireka ityanvayavyatirekayorabhāvaniścayaḥ sātmake, na tu sadbhāvasaṃśaya ityāśaṅkyāha —

("nāpi sātmakādanātmakācca tasyānvayavyatirekayorabhāvaniścayaḥ ॥ 105 ॥")(NB 3.105)

<220>

220,i

nāpi sātmakād vastunaḥ tasya prāṇāderanvayavyatirekayorabhāvaniścayaḥ । nāpi ca nirātmakāt । sātmakādanātmakāditi ca pañcamī vyatirekaśabdāpekṣayā draṣṭavyā ॥

3.106

220,ii (NBṬ_220,ii_220,iii)

kathamanvayavyatirekayornābhāvaniścaya ityāha —

("ekābhāvaniścayasyāpara bhāvaniścayanāntarīyakatvāt ॥ 106 ॥")(NB 3.106)

220,iii

ekasyānvayasya vyatirekasya vā yo'bhāvaniścayaḥ so'parasya dvitīyasya bhāvaniścayanāntarīyakaḥ bhāvaniścayasyāvyabhicārī । tasya bhāvastattvaṃ tasmāt । yata ekābhāvaniścayo'parabhāvaniścaya nāntarīyakaḥ, tasmānna dvayorekatrābhāvaniścayaḥ ॥

3.107

220,iv (NBṬ_220,iv_220,vi)

kasmāt punarekasyābhāvaniścayo'parasadbhāvaniścayā'vyabhicārītyāha —

("anvayavyatirekayoranyonyavyavacchedarūpatvāt । tata evānvayavyatirekayoḥ sandehādanaikāntikaḥ ॥ 107 ॥")(NB 3.107)

220,v

anvayavyatirekayoranyonyavyavachedarūpatvāditi । anyonyasya vyavacchedo'bhāvaḥ, sa eva rūpaṃ yayostayorbhāvastattvam tasmāt kāraṇāt ।

220,vi

anvayavyatirekau bhāvābhāvau । bhāvābhāvau ca parasparavyavacchedarūpau । yasya vyavacchedena yat paricchidyate tat tatparihāreṇa vyavasthitam । svābhāvavyavacchedena ca bhāvaḥ paricchidyate ।

220,vii (NBṬ_220,vii_220,viii)

tasmāt svābhāvavyavacchedena bhāvo vyavasthitaḥ । abhāvo hi nīrūpo yādṛśo vikalpena darśitaḥ । nīrūpatāṃ ca vyavacchidya rūpamākāravat paricchidyate । tathā ca satyanvayābhāvo vyatirekaḥ, vyatirekābhāvaścānvayaḥ ।

220,viii

tato'nvayābhāve niścite vyatireko niścito bhavati । vyatirekābhāve ca niścite'nvayo niścito bhavati ।

<221>

221,i (NBṬ_221,i_221,ii)

tasmād yadi nāma sātmakamavastu nirātmakaṃ ca vastu, tathāpi tayorna prāṇāderanvayavyatirekayorabhāvaniścayaḥ । ekatra vastunyekasya vastuno yugapadbhāvābhāvavirodhāt tayorabhāvaniścayāyogāt ।

221,ii

na ca prativādyanurodhāt sātmakānātmake vastunī sadasatī । kintu pramāṇānurodhād । ityubhe sandigdhe । tatastayoḥ prāṇādimattvasya sadasattvasaṃśayaḥ ।

221,iii (NBṬ_221,iii_221,iv)

yata eva kvacidanvayavyatirekayorna bhāvaniścayo nāpyabhāvaniścayaḥ, tata evānvayavyatirekayoḥ sandehaḥ ।

221,iv

yadi tu kvacida pyanvayavyatirekayorekasyāpyabhāvaniścayaḥ syāt, sa eva dvitīyasya bhāvaniścaya ityanvayavyatirekasandeha eva na syāt । yataśca na kvacidbhāvābhāvaniścayastata evānvayavyatirekayoḥ sandehaḥ । sandehāccānaikāntikaḥ ॥

<222>

3.108

222,i (NBṬ_222,i_222,ii)

kasmādanaikāntika ityāha —

("sādhyetarayorato niścayābhāvāt ॥ 108 ॥")(NB 3.108)

222,ii

sādhyasya, itarasya ca viruddhasya ataḥ — sandigdhānvayayatirekānniścayābhāvāt । sapakṣavipakṣayorhi sadasattvasandehe na sādhyasya na viruddhasya siddhiḥ । na ca sātmakānātmakābhyāṃ paraḥ prakāraḥ saṃbhavati । tataḥ prāṇādimattvād dharmiṇi jīvaccharīre saṃśaya ātmabhāvābhāvayorityanaikāntikaḥ prāṇādiriti ॥

<224>

3.109

224,i (NBṬ_224,i_224,ii)

trayāṇāṃ rūpāṇāmasiddhau sandehe ca hetudoṣānupapādyopasaṃharannāha —

("evameṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ rūpāṇāmekaikasya rdvayordvayorvā rūpayorasiddhau saṃdehe vā yathāyogamasiddhaviruddhānaikāntikāsrayo hetvābhāsāḥ ॥ 109 ॥")(NB 3.109)

224,ii

evamityanantaroktena krameṇa । eṣāṃ madhya ekaikaṃ rūpaṃ yadā'siddhaṃ sandigdhaṃ vā bhavati, dve dve vā'siddhe saṃdigdhe vā bhavataḥ, tadāsiddhaśca viruddhaścānaikāntikaśca te hetvābhāsāḥ । yathāyogamiti । yasyāsiddhau saṃdehe vā yo hetvābhāso yujyate sa tasyā'siddheḥ saṃdehācca vyavasthāpyata iti yasya yasya yena yena yogo yathāyogamiti ॥

3.110

224,iii (NBṬ_224,iii_224,iv)

("viruddhāvyabhicāryapi saṃśayaheturuktaḥ । sa iha kasmānnoktaḥ ? ॥ 110 ॥")(NB 3.110)

224,iv

nanu cā''cāryeṇa viruddhāvyabhicāryapi saṃśayaheturuktaḥ । hetvantarasādhitasya viruddhaṃ yat tanna vyabhicaratīti viruddhāvyabhicārī । yadi vā viruddhaścāsau sādhanāntarasiddhasya dharmasya viruddhasādhanāt, avyabhicārī ca svasādhyāvyabhicārādviruddhāvyabhicārī ॥

<225>

3.111

225,i (NBṬ_225,i_225,ii)

satyam । ukta ācāryeṇa । mayā tviha noktaḥ । kasmādityāha —

("anumānaviṣaye'sambhavāt ॥ 111 ॥")(NB 3.111)

225,ii

anumānasya viṣayaḥ pramāṇasiddhaṃ trairūpyam । yato hi anumānasambhavaḥ so'numānasya viṣayaḥ । pramāṇasiddhācca trairūpyādanumānasambhavaḥ । tasmāt tadevānumānaviṣayaḥ । tasmin prakrānte na viruddhāvyabhicārisambhavaḥ । prāmāṇasiddhe hi trairūpye prastute sa eva hetvābhāsaḥ sambhabati yasya pramāṇasiddhaṃ rūpam । na ca viruddhāvyabhicāriṇaḥ pramāṇasiddhamasti rūpam । ato na sambhavaḥ । tato'sambhavāt noktaḥ ॥

3.112

225,iii (NBṬ_225,iii_226,i)

kasmādasaṃbhava ityāha —

("na hi sambhavo'sti kāryasvabhāvayoruktalakṣaṇayoranupalambhasya ca viruddhatāyāḥ ॥ 112 ॥")(NB 3.112)

225,iv

na hīti । yasmānna sambhavo'sti viruddhatāyāḥ । kārya ca svabhāvaśca tayoruktalakṣaṇayoriti ।

<226>

226,i

kāryasya kāraṇājjanmalakṣaṇaṃ tattvam । svamāvasya ca sādhyavyāptatvaṃ tattvam । yat kāryam, yaśca svabhāvaḥ, sa kathamātmavāraṇaṃ vyāpakaṃ ca svabhāvaṃ parityajya bhaved yena viruddhaḥ syāt । anupalambhasya ca uktalakṣaṇasyeti । dṛśyānupalambhatvaṃ cānupalambhalakṣaṇam । tasyāpi vastvabhāvāvyabhicāritvānna viruddhatvasambhavaḥ ॥

3.113

226,ii (NBṬ_226,ii_226,iii)

syādetat — etebhyo'nyo bhaviṣyatītyāha —

("na cānyo'vyabhicārī ॥ 113 ॥")(NB 3.113)

226,iii

na cānya etebhyo'vyabhicārī tribhyaḥ । ata evaiṣveva hetutvam ॥

3.114

226,iv (NBṬ_226,iv_227,i)

kva tarhyācāryadignāgenāyaṃ hetudopa ukta ityāha —

("tasmādavastudarśanabalapravṛttamāgamāśrayamanumānamāśritya tadarthavicāreṣu virudvāvyabhicārī sādhanadoṣa uktaḥ ॥ 114 ॥")(NB 3.114)

226,v

yasmād vastubalapravṛtte'numāne na sambhavati tasmād āgamāśrayamanumānamāśrityavyabhicāryuktaḥ । āgamasiddhaṃ hi yasyānumānasya liṅgatrairūpyaṃ tasyāgama āśrayaḥ ।

226,vi

nanu cāgamasiddhamapi trairūpyaṃ pramāṇasiddhamityāha — avastudarśanabalapravṛttamiti । avastuno darśanaṃ vikalpamātram tasya balaṃ sāmarthyam । tataḥ pravṛttam — apramāṇādvikalpamātrād vyavasthitaṃ trairūpyamāgamasiddhamanumānasya । na tu pramāṇāt ।

<227>

227,i

tat tarhyanumāna māgamasiddha trairūpyaṃ kvādhikṛtamityāha — tadartheti । tasyāgamasya yo'rtho'tīndriyaḥ pratyakṣānumānābhyāmaviṣayīkṛtaḥ sāmānyādistasya vicāreṣu prakrānteṣu āgamāśrayamanumānaṃ sambhavati । tadāśrayo viruddhāvyabhicāryukta ācāryeṇeti ॥

3.115

227,ii (NBṬ_227,ii_227,iii)

kasmāt punarāgamāśraye pyanumāne sambhava ityāha —

("śāstrakārāṇāmartheṣu bhrāntyā viparītasvabhāvo pasaṃhārasambhavāt ॥ 115 ॥")(NB 3.115)

227,iii

śāstrakṛtāṃ viparītasya vastuviruddhasya svabhāvasya upasaṃhāro ḍhaukanamartheṣu । tasya saṃbhavād viruddhāvyabhicārisambhavaḥ । bhrāntyeti viparyāsena । viparyastā hi śāstrakārāḥ santamasantaṃ svabhāvamāropayantīti ॥

3.116

227,iv (NBṬ_227,iv_227,vi)

yadi śāstrakṛto'pi bhrāntāḥ, anyeṣvapi puruṣeṣu ka āśvāsa ityāha —

("na hyasya sambhavo yathāvasthitavastusthitiṣvātmakāryānupalambheṣu ॥ 116 ॥")(NB 3.116)

227,v

nahīti । na hetuṣu kalpanayā hetutvavyavasthā । api tu vastusthityā । tato yathāvasthitavastusthitiṣvātmakāryānupalambheṣvasya sambhavo nāsti ।

227,vi

avasthitaṃ paramārthasadvastu tadanatikrāntā yathāvasthitā vastusthitirvyavasthā yeṣāṃ te yathāvasthitavastusthitayaḥ । te hi yathā vastu sthitaṃ tathā sthitāḥ । na kalpanayā । tatasteṣu na bhrānteravakāśo'sti yena viruddhāvyabhicārisambhavaḥ syāt ॥

3.117

227,vii (NBṬ_227,vii_228,ii)

tatra viruddhāvyabhicāriṇyudāharaṇam —

<228>

("tatrodāharaṇam — yat sarvadeśāvasthitaiḥ svasambandhibhiryugapadabhisambadhyate tat sarvagatam । yathā''kāśam । abhisambadhyate ca sarvādeśāvasthitaiḥ svasambandhibhiryugapat sāmānyamiti ॥ 117 ॥")(NB 3.117)

228,i

yat sarvasmin deśe'vasthitaiḥ svasambandhibhiryugapadabhisambadhyate iti sarvadeśāvasthitarabhisambadhyamānatvaṃ sāmānyasya anūdya sarvagatatvaṃ vidhīyate । tena yugapadabhisambadhyamānatvaṃ sarvagatatve niyataṃ tena vyāptaṃ kathyate ।

228,ii

iha sāmānyaṃ kaṇādamaharṣiṇā niṣkriyaṃ dṛśyamekaṃ coktam । yugapacca sarvaiḥ svaiḥ sambandhibhiḥ samavāyena saṃbaddham । tatra pailukena kaṇādaśiṣyeṇa vyaktiṣu vyaktirahiteṣu ca <229> deśeṣu sāmānyaṃ sthitaṃ sādhayituṃ pramāṇamidamupanyastam yathākāśamiti — vyāptipradarśanaviṣayo dṛṣṭāntaḥ । ākāśamapi hi sarvadeśāvasthitairvṛkṣādibhiḥ svasaṃyogibhiryugapadabhisambadhyamānaṃ sarvagataṃ ca । abhisambadhyate ca sarvadeśāvasthitaiḥ svasambandhibhiriti hetoḥ pakṣadharmatvapradarśanam ॥

3.118

229,i (NBṬ_229,i_229,iii)

asya svabhāvahetutvaṃ yojayitumāha —

("tatsambandhisvabhāvamātrānubandhinī taddeśasannihitasvabhāvatā ॥ 118 ॥")(NB 3.118)

229,ii

tatsambandhīti । teṣāṃ sarvadeśāvasthitānāṃ dravyāṇāṃ sambandhī sāmānyasya svabhāvaḥ sa eva tatsambandhisvabhāvamātram । tadanubadhnātīti tadanubandhinī ।

229,iii

kāsāvityāha — taddeśasaṃnnihitasvabhāvatā । teṣāṃ sambandhināṃ deśastaddeśaḥ । taddeśe sannihitaḥ svabhāvo yasya tat taddeśasaṃnihitasvabhāvam । tasya bhāvastattā । yasya hi yeṣāṃ sambandhī svabhāvaḥ tanniyamena teṣāṃ deśe sannihitaṃ bhavati । tatastatsambandhitvānubandhinī taddeśasaṃnihitatā sāmānyasya ॥

<230>

3.119

230,i (NBṬ_230,i_230,iii)

nanu ca gavāṃ sambandhī svāmī । na ca godeśe sannihitasvabhāvaḥ । tat karthaṃ tatsambandhitvāt taddeśatvamityāha —

("na hi yo yatra nāsti taddeśamātmanā vyāpnotīti svabhāvahetuprayogaḥ ॥ 119 ॥")(NB 3.119)

230,ii

na hīti । yo yatra deśe nāsti sa deśo yasya sa taddeśaḥ taṃ na vyāpnotyātmanā svarūpeṇa ।

230,iii

iha sāmānyasya tadvatāṃ ca samavāyalakṣaṇaḥ sambandhaḥ । sa cābhinnadeśayoreva । tena yatra yat samavetaṃ tat tadātmī na rūpeṇa kroḍīkurvat samavāyirūpadeśe svātmānaṃ niveśayati ।

<231>

231,i (NBṬ_231,i_231,iii)

taddeśarūpaniveśanameva tatkroḍīkaraṇam । tatastatsamavāyaḥ ।

231,ii

tasmād yad yatra samavetaṃ tat taddravyaṃ vyāpnuvadātmanā taddeśe saṃnnihitaṃ bhavati ।

231,iii

tadayamarthaḥ — taddeśasthavastuvyāpanaṃ taddeśasattayā vyāptam । taddeśasattā'bhāve tadvyāpanābhāvād vyāpanalakṣaṇa samavāyasaṃmbandho na syāt । asti ca vyāpanam । atastaddeśe sannihitatvamiti । tadayaṃ svabhāvahetuḥ ॥

3.120

231,iv (NBṬ_231,iv_232,i)

paiṭharaprayogaṃ darśayannāha —

("dvitīyo'pi prayogaḥ — yadupalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ sannopalabhyate na tat tatrāsti । tadyathā — kkacidavidyamāno ghaṭaḥ । nopalabhyate copalabdhilakṣaṇaprāptaṃ sāmānyaṃ vyaktayantarāleṣviti । ayamanupalambhaḥ svabhāvaśca parasparaviruddhārthasādhanādekatra saṃśayaṃ janayataḥ ॥ 120 ॥")(NB 3.120)

231,v

dvitīyo'pi — iti । yadupalabdherlakṣaṇatāṃ viṣayatāṃ prāptaṃ dṛśyamityarthaḥ । etena dṛśyānupalabdhimanūdya "na tat tatrāsti" ityasadvyavahāryatvaṃ vihitam । tato vyāpyadṛśyānupalabdhervyāpakamasadvyavahāryatvaṃ darśitam । tadyatheti kvacidasan ghaṭo dṛṣṭāntaḥ ।

<232>

232,i

pakṣadharmatvaṃ darśayitumāha — nopalabhyate ceti । vyaktyantarālaṃ — vyaktyantaraṃ ca vyaktiśūnyaṃ cākāśam । dṛśyamapi kasyāṃcidvyaktau gosāmānyamaśvādiṣu vyaktyantareṣu vyaktiśūnye cākāśe nopalabhyate । tasmānna teṣvastīti gamyate ।

232,ii (NBṬ_232,ii)

ayamanupalambhaḥ pūrvoktaśca svabhāvaḥ parasparasya viruddhau yāvarthau tayoḥ sādhanāt tāvekasmin dharmiṇi saṃśayaṃ janayataḥ । na hyeko'rthaḥ parasparaviruddhasvabhāvo bhavitumarhati । ekena cātra vyaktyantareṣu vyaktiśūnye cākāśe sattvam, apareṇa cānupalambhenāsattvaṃ sādhyate । na <233> caikasyaikadaikatra sattvamasattvaṃ ca yuktam, tayorvirodhāt । tadāgamasiddhasya sāmānyasya sarvagatatvāsarvagatatvayoḥ sādhyayoretau viruddhāvyabhicāriṇau jātau । yataḥ sāmānyasyaikasya yugapat sarvadeśāvasthitairabhisambandhitvaṃ cābhyupagatam, dṛśyatvaṃ ca । tataḥ sarvasambandhitvāt sarvagatatvam, dṛśyatvādantarālādanupalambhādasarvagatatvam । tataḥ śāstrakāreṇaiva viruddhavyāptatvamapaśyatā viruddhavyāptau dharmāvuktvā viruddhāvyabhicāryavakāśo datta iti । na ca vastunyasya sambhavaḥ । ityuktā hetvābhāsāḥ ॥

3.121

233,i (NBṬ_233,i_234,ii)

nanu ca sādhanāvayavatvād yathā hetava uktāstatprasaṅgena ca hetvābhāsāḥ, tathā sādhanāvayavatvād dṛṣṭāntā vaktavyāstatprasaṅgena ca dṛṣṭāntābhāsāḥ । tat kathaṃ noktā ityāha —

("trirūpo heturuktaḥ । tāvatā cārthapratītiriti na pṛthagdṛṣṭānto nāma sādhanāvayavaḥ kaścit । tena nāsya lakṣaṇaṃ pṛthagucyate gatārthatvāt ॥ 121 ॥")(NB 3.121)

<234>

234,i

trirūpo heturuktaḥ, tat kiṃ dṛṣṭāntaiḥ ?

234,ii

syādetat — tāvatā nārthapratītirityāha — tāvatā ceti । uktalakṣaṇenaiva hetunā bhavati sādhyapratītiḥ । ataḥ sa eva gamakaḥ । tatastadvacanameva sādhanam । na dṛṣṭānto nāma nādhanasyāvayavaḥ । yataścāyaṃ nāvayavaḥ, tena nāsya dṛṣṭāntasya lakṣaṇaṃ hetulakṣaṇāt pṛthagucyate ।

234,iii (NBṬ_234,iii_235,i)

kathaṃ tarhi hetorvyāptiniścayo yadyadṛṣṭāntako heturiti cet । nocyate heturadṛṣaṭāntaka eva । api tu na hetoḥ pṛthagdṛṣṭānto nāma hetvantarbhūta eva dṛṣṭāntaḥ । ata evoktaṃ nāsya lakṣaṇaṃ pṛthagucyata iti । na tvevamuktam — nāsya lakṣaṇamucyata iti ।

<235>

235,i

yadyevaṃ hetūpayogino'pi lakṣaṇaṃ vaktavyamevetyāha — gatārthatvāt — gato'rthaḥ prayojanamabhidheyaṃ vā yasya dṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇasya । tat tathā । tasya bhāvastattvam । tasmāt । dṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇaṃ hyacyate dṛṣṭāntapratītiryathā syāt । dṛṣṭāntaśca hetulakṣaṇādevāvasitaḥ । tato dṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇasya yat prayojanam — dṛṣṭāntapratītistad gataṃ niṣpannam । abhidheyaṃ vā gataṃ jñātaṃ dṛṣṭāntākhyam ॥

3.122

235,ii (NBṬ_235,ii_235,iv)

kathaṃ gatārthatvamityāha —

("hetoḥ sapakṣa eva sattvamasapakṣācca sarvato vyāvattī rūpamuktamabhedena । punarviśeṣeṇa kāryasvabhāvayoruktalakṣaṇayorjanmatanmātrānubandhau darśanīyāvaktau । tacca darśayatā — yatra dhūmastatrāgniḥ, asatyagnau na kvacid dhūmo yathā mahānasetarayoḥ; yatra kṛtakatvaṃ tatrānityatvam, anityatvābhāvo kṛtakatvā'sambhavo yathā ghaṭākāśayoḥ — iti darśanīyam । na hayanyathā sapakṣavipakṣayoḥ sadasatve yathoktaprakāre śakye darśayitum । tatkāryatāniyamaḥ kāryaliṅgasya, svabhāvaliṅgasya ca svabhāvena vyāptiḥ । asmiṃścārthe darśite darśita eva dṛṣṭānto bhavati । etāvanmātrarūpatvāt tasyeti ॥ 122 ॥")(NB 3.122)

235,iii

heto rūpamuktamabhedena sāmānyena । sādhāraṇaṃ kāryasvabhāvānupalambhānāmetallakṣaṇamityarthaḥ । kiṃ punastat ? sapakṣa eva yat sattvam, vipakṣācca sarvasmāt vyāvṛttiryā । rūpadvayametadabhedenoktam ।

235,iv

na ca sāmānyamuktamapi śakyaṃ jñātum । atastadeva viśeṣaniṣṭhaṃ vaktavyam । ataḥ punarapi viśeṣeṇa viśeṣavantau janmatanmātrānubandhau darśanīyāvuktau । kāryasya janma jñātavyamuktam । janmani hi jñāte kāryasya sapakṣa eva sattvaṃ vipakṣācca sarvasmād vyāvṛttirjñātā <236> bhavati । svabhāvasya tanmātrānubandho darśanīya uktaḥ । taditi sādhanam । tadeva tanmātram sādhanamātram । tasyānubandho'nugamanam — sādhanamātrasya bhāve bhāvaḥ sādhyasya । tanmātrabhāvitvameva hi sādhyasya tādātmyam । sādhanasya yadā svabhāvo jñāto bhavati, tadā svabhāvahetoḥ — sapakṣa eva sattvam, vipakṣācca sarvasmād vyāvṛttirjñātā bhavati ।

236,i (NBṬ_236,i_236,ii)

tadevaṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ viśeṣātmakaṃ jñātavyaṃ nānyathā । tato viśeṣalakṣaṇamuktam ।

236,ii

kimato yadi nāmaiva mityāha — tacca sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ darśayitukāmena viśeṣalakṣaṇaṃ darśayataivaṃ darśanīyam — iti sambandhaḥ । yatra dhūmastatrāgniriti kāryahetovyāptirdaśitā । vyāptiśca kāryakāraṇabhāvasādhanāt pramāṇānniścīyate । tato yathā mahānasa iti darśanīyam । <237> asatyagnau na bhavatyeva dhūma iti vyatireko darśitaḥ । sa ca yathetarasminniti darśanīyaḥ । vahninivṛttirhi dhūmanivṛttau niyatā darśanīyā । sā ca mahānasāditaratreti darśanīyā ।

237,i (NBṬ_237,i)

yatra kṛtakatvaṃ tatrānityatvamiti svabhāvahetorvyāptirdarśitā । anityatvābhāve na bhavatyeva kṛtakatvamiti vyatireko darśitaḥ । vyāpteśca sādhakaṃ pramāṇaṃ sādharmyadṛṣṭānte darśanīyam । prasiddhavyāptikasya ca hetoḥ sādhyanivṛttau nivṛttirniyatā darśanīyā । tadavaśyaṃ yathā ghaṭe, yathā ākāśe ceti darśanīyam ।

237,ii (NBṬ_237,ii)

kasmādevamityāha — na hīti । yasmādanyathā sāmānyalakṣaṇarūpe sapakṣavipakṣayoḥ sadasattve yathoktaprakāre iti niyate — sapakṣa eva sattvam, vipakṣe'sattvameveti niyamo yathoktaprakāraḥ — te na śakye darśayitum । viśeṣalakṣaṇe hi darśite yathoktaprakāre sadasattve darśite bhavataḥ । na ca viśeṣalakṣaṇamanyathā śakyaṃ darśayitum ।

237,iii (NBṬ_237,iii)

tasya sādhyasya kāryam — tatkāryaṃ dhūmaḥ । tasya bhāvastatkāryatā । saiva niyamo <238> yatastatkāryatayā dhūmo dahane niyataḥ । so'yaṃ tatkāryatāniyamo viśeṣalakṣaṇarūpo'nyatha darśayitumaśakyaḥ । svabhāvaliṅgasya ca svabhāvena sādhyena vyāptirviśeṣalakṣaṇarūpā na śakyā darśayitum । yasmāt kāryakāraṇabhāvastādātmyaṃ ca mahānase ghaṭe ca jñātavyam, tasmād vyāptisādhanaṃ pramāṇaṃ darśayatā sādharmyadṛṣṭānto darśanīyaḥ । vaidharmyadṛṣṭāntastu prasiddhe tatkāryatve kāraṇābhāve kāryābhāvapratipattyartham । tata eva nāvaśyaṃ vastu bhavati । kāraṇābhāve kāryābhāvo vastunyavastuni vā bhavati । tato vastvavastu vā vaidharmyadṛṣṭānta iṣyate ।

238,i (NBṬ_238,i_239,i)

tasmād dṛṣṭāntamantareṇa na hetoranvayo vyatireko vā śakyo darśayitum ato heturūpākhyānādeva hetorvyāptisādhanasya pramāṇasya darśakaḥ sādharmyadṛṣṭāntaḥ ।

238,ii

prasiddhavyāptikasya sādhyābhāve hetvabhāva pradarśanādvaidharmyadṛṣṭānta upādeya iti ca darśitaṃ bhavati ।

<239>

239,i

asmiṃścārthe darśite darśita eva dṛṣṭānto bhavati । yo'yamartho vyāptisādhanapramāṇapradarśanaḥ kaścidupādeyo nivṛttipradarśana śca — ityasminnarthe darśite darśito dṛṣṭānta ityāha — etāvanmātraṃ rūpaṃ yasya tasya bhāvastattvam, tasmāditi । etāvadeva hi rūpaṃ dṛṣṭāntasya, yaduta vyāptisādhanapramāṇa pradarśakatvaṃ nāma sādharmyadṛṣṭāntasya, prasiddhavyāptikasya ca sādhyanivṛttau sādhananivṛttipradarśakatvamityeta dvaidharmyadṛṣṭāntasya । etacca heturūpākhyānādevākhyātamiti kiṃ dṛṣṭāntalakṣaṇena ? ॥

3.123

239,ii (NBṬ_239,ii_239,iii)

("etenaiva dṛṣṭāntadoṣā api nirastā bhavanti ॥ 123 ॥")(NB 3.123)

239,iii

etenaiva ca heturūpākhyānād dṛṣṭāntatvapradarśanena dṛṣṭāntadoṣā dṛṣṭāntābhāsāḥ kathitā bhavanti । tathāhi — pūrvoktasiddhaye ya upādīyamāno'pi dṛṣṭānto na samarthaḥ svakāryaṃ sādhayituṃ sa dṛṣṭāntadoṣa iti sāmarthyāduktaṃ bhavati ॥

<240>

3.124

240,i (NBṬ_240,i_240,ii)

dṛṣṭāntābhāsāmudāharati —

("yathā nityaḥ śabdo'mūrttatvāt । karmavat paramāṇuvad ghaṭavaditi । ete dṛṣṭāntābhāsāḥ sādhyasādhanadharmobhayavikalāḥ ॥ 124 ॥")(NB 3.124)

240,ii

yathā nityaḥ śabda iti śabdasya nityatve sādhye'mūrtatvāditi hetuḥ । sādharmyeṇa karmavat paramāṇuvad ghaṭavadityete dṛṣṭāntā upanyastāḥ । ete ca dṛṣṭāntadoṣāḥ । sādhyaṃ ca sādhanaṃ cobhayaṃ ceti । tairvikalāḥ । sādhyavikalaṃ karma, tasyā'nityatvāt । sādhanavikalaḥ paramāṇuḥ, mūrttatvāt paramāṇūnāma । asarvagatadravyaparimāṇaṃ mūrttiḥ । asarvagatāśca dravyarūpāśca paramāṇavaḥ । nityāstu vaiśeṣikairiṣyante । tato na sādhyavikalaḥ । ghaṭastūbhayavikalaḥ, anityatvānmūrttatvācca ghaṭasyeti ॥

3.125

240,iii (NBṬ_240,iii_241,i)

("tathā sandigdhasādhyadharmādayaśca । yathā rāgādimānayaṃ vacanādrathyāpuruṣavat । maraṇadharmā'yaṃ puruṣo rāgādimatvādrathyāpuruṣavat । asarvajño'yaṃ rāgādimatvādrathyāpuruṣavaditi ॥ 125 ॥")(NB 3.125)

240,iv

tathā saṃdigdhaḥ sādhyadharmo yasmin sa saṃdigdhasādhyadharmaḥ । sa ādiryeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ । saṃdigdhasādhyadharmaḥ । saṃdigdhasādhanadharmaḥ saṃdigdhobhayaḥ ।

<241>

241,i

udāharaṇam — rāgādimāniti rāgādimattvaṃ sādhyam । vacanād iti hetuḥ । rathyāpuruṣavaditi dṛṣṭānte rāgādimattvaṃ sandigdham । maraṇaṃ dharmo'syeti maraṇadharmā । tasya bhāvo maraṇadharmatvaṃ sādhyam । ayaṃ puruṣa iti dharmī । rāgādimattvāditi hetuḥ । rathyāpuruṣe dṛṣṭānte sandigdhaṃ sādhanam । sādhyaṃ tu niścitaṃ maraṇadharmatvamiti । asarvajña iti । asarvajñatvaṃ sādhyam । rāgādimattvāditi hetuḥ । tadubhayamapi rathyāpuruṣe dṛṣṭānte sandigdham । asarvajñatvaṃ rāgādimattvaṃ ceti ॥

3.126

241,ii (NBṬ_241,ii_241,v)

("tathā'nanvayo'pradarśitānvayaśca । yathā — yo vaktā sa rāgādimān, iṣṭapuruṣavat । anityaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtakatvād ghaṭavaditi ॥ 126 ॥")(NB 3.126)

241,iii

tathā'nanvaya iti । yasmin dṛṣṭānte sādhyasādhanayoḥ sambhavamātraṃ dṛśyate, na tu sādhyena vyāpto hetuḥ, so'nanvayaḥ । apradarśitānvayaśca — yasmin dṛṣṭānte vidyamāno'pyanvayo na pradarśito vaktrā so'pradarśitānvayaḥ ।

241,iv

ananvayamudāharati — yatheti । yo vakteti vaktṛtvamanūdya sa rāgādimāniti rāgādimattvaṃ vihitam । tato vaktṛtvasya rāgādimattvaṃ (ve) pratiniyamaḥ । tena vyāptiruktā । iṣṭapuruṣavaditi । iṣṭagrahaṇena prativādyapi saṃgṛhyate vādyapi । tena vaktṛtvarāgādimattvayoḥ sattvamātramiṣṭe puruṣe siddham । vyāptistu na siddhā । tenā'nanvayo dṛṣṭānta iti ।

241,v

anityaḥ śabda ityanityatvaṃ sādhyam । kṛtakatvāditi hetuḥ । ghaṭavaditi dṛṣṭānte na pradarśito'nvayaḥ ।

<242>

242,i (NBṬ_242,i)

iha yadyapi kṛtakatvena ghaṭasadṛśaḥ śabdastathāpi nānityatvenāpi sadṛśaḥ pratyetuṃ śakyate'tiprasaṅgāt । yadi tu kṛtakatvam anitya svabhāvaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavatyevaṃ kṛtakatvādanityatvapratītiḥ syāt । tasmād yat kṛtakaṃ tadanityamiti kṛtakatvamanityatve niyatamabhidhāya niyamasādhanāyānvayavākyārthapratipattiviṣayo dṛṣṭānta upādeyaḥ । sa ca pradarśitānvaya eva । anena tvanvayavākyamanuktvaiva dṛṣṭānta upāttaḥ । īdṛśaśca sādharmyamātreṇaivopayogī । na ca sādharmyāt sādhyasiddhiḥ । ato'nvayārtho dṛṣṭāntastadarthaścānena nopāttaḥ । sādharmyārthaścopātto nirupayoga <243> iti vaktṛdoṣādayaṃ dṛṣṭāntadoṣaḥ । vaktrā hyatra paraḥ pratipādayitavyaḥ । tato yadi nāma na duṣṭaṃ vastu tathāpi vaktrā duṣṭaṃ darśitamiti duṣṭameva ॥

3.127

243,i (NBṬ_243,i_244,ii)

("tathā viparītānvayaḥ — yadanityaṃ tat kṛtakamiti ॥ 127 ॥")(NB 3.127)

243,ii

tathā viparīto'nvayo yasmin dṛṣṭānte sa tathoktaḥ । tamevodāharati — yadanityaṃ tat kṛtakamiti । kṛtakatvamanityatvaniyataṃ dṛṣṭānte darśanīyam । evaṃ kṛtakatvādanityatvagatiḥ syāt । atra tvanityatvaṃ kṛtakatve niyataṃ darśitam । kṛtakatvaṃ tvaniyatamevānityatve । tato yādṛśamiha kṛtakatvamaniyatamanityatve darśitaṃ tādṛśānnāstyanityatvapratītiḥ । tathāhi — yadanityamityanityatvamanūdya tat kṛtakamiti kṛtakatvaṃ vihitam । ato'nityatvaṃ niyatamuktaṃ kṛtakatve, na tu kṛtakatvamanityatve । tato yathā'nityatvādaniyatāt prayatnānantarīyakatve na prayatnānantarīyakatvapratītiḥ, tadvat kṛtakatvādanityatvapratipattirna syād, anityatve'niyatatvāt kṛtakatvasya ।

<244>

244,i

yadyapi ca kṛtakatvaṃ vastusthityā'nityatve niyataṃ tathāpyaniyataṃ vaktrā darśitam । ataḥ svayamaduṣṭamapi vaktṛdoṣād duṣṭam ।

244,ii

tasmād viparītānvayo'pi vakturaparādhāt, na vastutaḥ (naḥ) । parārthānumāne ca vakturapi doṣaścintyata iti ॥

3.128

244,iii (NBṬ_244,iii_244,iv)

("sādharmyeṇa dṛṣṭāntadoṣāḥ ॥ 128 ॥")(NB 3.128)

244,iv

sādharmyeṇa nava dṛṣṭāntadoṣā uktāḥ ॥

3.129

244,v (NBṬ_244,v_245,i)

vaidharmyeṇāpi dṛṣṭāntadoṣān vaktumāha —

("vaidharmyeṇāpi — paramāṇuvat karmavad ākāśavaditi sādhyādyavyatirekiṇaḥ ॥ 129 ॥")(NB 3.129)

244,vi

nityatve śabdasya sādhye hetāvamūrttatve paramāṇurvaidharmyadṛṣṭāntaḥ sādhyāvyatirekī । nityatvāt paramāṇūnām । karma sādhanāvyatireki, amūrttatvāt karmaṇaḥ ākāśamubhayāvyatireki, nityatvādamūrttatvācca ।

<245>

245,i

sādhyamādiryeṣāṃ tāni sādhyādīni sādhyasādhanobhayāni । teṣāmavyatireko nivṛttyabhāvaḥ । sa yeṣāmasti te sādhyādyavyatirekiṇaḥ । te codāhṛtāḥ ॥

3.130

245,ii (NBṬ_245,ii_245,iv)

aparānudāharttumāha —

("tathā saṃdigdhasādhyavyatirekādayaḥ । yathā'sarvajñāḥ kapilādayo'nāptā vā avidyamānasarvajñatāptatāliṅgabhūtapramāṇātiśayaśāsanatvāditi । atra vaidharmyodāharaṇam — yaḥ sarvajña āpto vā sa jyotirjñānādikamupadiṣṭavān । yathā — ṛṣabhavardhamānādiriti । tatrāsarvajñatānāptatayoḥ sādhyadharmayoḥ saṃdigdho vyatirekaḥ ॥ 130 ॥")(NB 3.130)

245,iii

tatheti । sādhyasya vyatirekaḥ sādhyavyatirekaḥ । saṃdigdhaḥ sādhyavyatireko yasmin sa saṃdigdhasādhyavyatirekaḥ । sa ādiryeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ ।

245,iv

saṃdigdhasādhyavyatirekamudāharttumāha — yatheti । asarvajñā ityekaṃ sādhyam । anāptā akṣīṇadoṣā iti dvitīyam । kapilādaya iti dharmīṃ । avidyamānasarvajñatetyādi hetuḥ । sarvajñatā ca āptatā ca tayorliṅgabhūtaḥ pramāṇātiśayo liṅgātmakaḥ pramāṇaviśeṣaḥ । avidyamānaḥ sarvajñatāptatāliṅgabhūtaḥ pramāṇātiśayo yasmin tat tathoktaṃ śāsanam । tādṛśaṃ śāsanaṃ yeṣāṃ te tathoktāḥ । teṣāṃ bhāvastattvam । tasmāt । pramāṇātiśayo jyotirjñānopadeśa ihābhipretaḥ । yadi hi kapilādayaḥ sarvajñā āptā vā syustadā jyotirjñānādikaṃ kasmānnopadiṣṭavantaḥ ? na copadiṣṭavantaḥ । tasmānna sarvajñā āptā vā ।

245,v (NBṬ_245,v)

atra pramāṇe vaidharmyodāharaṇam । yaḥ sarvajña āpto vā sa jyotirjñānādikaṃ sarvajñatāptatāliṅgabhūtamupadiṣṭavān । yathā ṛṣabho vardhamānaśca tāvādī yasya sa ṛṣabhavardhamānādirdi<246>gambarāṇāṃ śāstā sarvajñaśca āptaśceti । tadiha vaidharmyodāharaṇād ṛṣabhāderasarvajñatvasyānāptatāyāśca vyatireko vyāvṛttiḥ saṃdigdhā । yato jyotirjñānaṃ copadiśed asarvajñāśca bhaved anāptā vā । ko'tra virodhaḥ ? naimittikametajjñānaṃ vyabhicāri na sarvajñatvamanumāpayet ॥

<247>

3.131

247,i (NBṬ_247,i_247,iii)

("sandigdhasādhanavyatireko yathā — na trayīvidā brāhmaṇena grāhyavacanaḥ kaścid vivakṣitaḥ puruṣo rāgādimattvāditi । atra vaidharmyodāharaṇam — ye grāhyavacanā na te rāgādimantaḥ । tadyathā gautamādayo dharmaśāstrāṇāṃ praṇetāra iti । gautamādibhyo rāgādimattavasya sādhanadharmasya vyāvṛttiḥ sandigdhā ॥ 131 ॥")(NB 3.131)

247,ii

sandigdhaḥ sādhanavyatireko yasmin sa tathoktaḥ । tamudāharati — yatheti । ṛksāmayajaṃṣi trīṇi trayī tāṃ vettīti trayīvit । tena na grāhyaṃ vacanaṃ yasyeti sādhyam । vivakṣita iti kapilādirdharmī । rāgādimattvāditi hetuḥ ।

247,iii

atra pramāṇe vaidharmyodāharaṇam — sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāvena yatra vyāpto darśyate tad vaidharmyodāharaṇam । grāhyaṃ vacanaṃ yeṣāṃ te grāhyavacanā iti sādhyanivṛttimanūdya na te rāgādimanta iti sādhanābhāvo vihitaḥ । gautama ādiryeṣāṃ te tathoktā manvādayo dharmaśāstrāṇi smṛtayasteṣāṃ karttāraḥ trayīvidā hi brāhmaṇena grāhyavacanā dharmaśāstrakṛto vītarāgāśca ta itīha dharmī vyatirekaviṣayo gautamādaya iti । gautamādibhyo rāgādimattvasya sādhanasya nivṛttiḥ sandigdhā । yadyapi te grāhyavacanāstrayīvidastathāpi kiṃ sarāgā uta vītarāgā iti sandehaḥ ॥

3.132

247,iv (NBṬ_247,iv_248,i)

("sandigdhobhayavyatireko yathā — avītarāgāḥ kapilādayaḥ, parigrahāgraha yogāditi । atra vaidharmyeṇodāharaṇam — yo vītarāgo na tasya parigrahāgrahaḥ । <248> yatharṣabhāderiti । ṛṣabhāderavītarāgatvaparigrahagrahayogayoḥ sādhyasādhanadharmayoḥ sandigdho vyatirekaḥ ॥ 132 ॥")(NB 3.132)

248,i

sandigdha ubhayorvyatireko yasmin sa tathoktaḥ । tamudāharati yatheti । avītarāgā iti rāgādimattvaṃ sādhyam । kapilādaya iti dharmī । parigraho labhyamānasya svīkāraḥ prathamaḥ । svīkārādūrdhvaṃ yad gārdhyaṃ mātsaryaṃ sa āgrahaḥ । parigrahaśca āgrahaśca, tābhyāṃ yogāt । kapilādayo labhyamānaṃ svīkurvanti svīkṛtaṃ na muñcanti — iti te rāgādimanto gamyante । atra pramāṇe vaidharmyodāharaṇam — yatra sādhyābhāve sādhanābhāvo darśayitavyaḥ । yo vītarāga iti sādhyābhāvamanūdya, na tasya parigrahāgrahāviti sādhanābhāvo vihitaḥ । yatharṣabhāderiti dṛṣṭāntaḥ । etasmādṛ ṣabhāderdṛṣṭāntād avītarāgatvasya sādhyasya parigrahāgrahayogasya ca sādhanasya nivṛttiḥ sandigdhā । ṛṣabhādīnāṃ hi parigrahāgrahayogo'pi sandigdho vītarāgatvaṃ ca । yadi nāma tatsiddhānte vītarāgāśca niṣparigrahāśca paṭhyante tathāpi sandeha eva ॥

3.133

248,ii (NBṬ_248,ii_249,i)

aparānapi trīnudāharttumāha —

("avyatireko yathā — avītarāgo'yaṃ vaktṛtvāt । vaidharmyeṇodāharaṇam — yatrā'vītarāgatvaṃ nāsti, na sa vaktā । yathā — upalakhaṇḍa iti । yadyapyupalakhaṇḍādubhayaṃ vyāvṛttaṃ tathāpi sarvo vītarāgo na vakteti vyāptyā vyatirekāsiddheravyatirekaḥ ॥ 133 ॥")(NB 3.133)

<249>

249,i

avidyamāno vyatireko yasmin so'vyatirekaḥ । avītarāga iti rāgādimattvaṃ sādhyam । vaktṛtvāditi hetuḥ । iha vyatirekamāha — yatrāvītarāgatvaṃ nāstīti sādhyābhāvānuvādaḥ । tatra vaktṛtvamapi nāsti — iti sādhanābhāvavidhiḥ । tena sādhanābhāvena sādhyābhāvo vyāpta uktaḥ । dṛṣṭānto yathopalakhaṇḍa iti ।

249,ii (NBṬ_249,ii_249,iii)

kathamavyamavyatireko yāvatopalakhaṇḍādubhayaṃ nivṛttam ? kimataḥ ? yadyapi upalakhaṇḍādubhayaṃ vyāvṛttaṃ sarāgatvaṃ ca vaktṛtvaṃ ca, tathāpi vyāptyā vyatireko yastasyā'siddheḥ kāraṇād avyatireko'yam ।

249,iii

kīdṛśī punarvyāptirityāha — sarvo vītarāga iti sādhyābhāvānuvādaḥ । na vakteti sādhanābhāvavidhiḥ । tena sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāvaniyataḥ khyāpito bhavatīti । idṛśī vyāptiḥ । tayā vyatireko na siddhaḥ । asya cārthasya prasiddhaye dṛṣṭāntaḥ । tat svakāryā 'karaṇād duṣṭaḥ ॥

3.134

249,iv (NBṬ_249,iv_250,ii)

("apradarśitavyatireko yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ, kṛtakatvādākāśavaditi vadharmyeṇa ॥ 134 ॥")(NB 3.134)

<250>

250,i

apradarśito vyatireko yasmin sa tathoktaḥ । anityaḥ śabda ityanityatvaṃ sādhyam । kṛtakatvāditi hetuḥ । ākāśavaditi vaidharmyeṇa dṛṣṭāntaḥ ।

250,ii

iha parārthānumāne parasmādarthaḥ pratipattavyaḥ । sa śuddho'pi svato yadi pareṇāśuddhaḥ khyāpyate sa tāvadyathā prakāśitastathā na yuktaḥ । yathā yuktastathā na prakāśitaḥ । prakāśitaśca hetuḥ । ato vakturaparādhādapi parārthānumāne heturdṛṣṭānto vā duṣṭaḥ syādapi । na ca sādṛśyāvasādṛśyādvā sādhyapratipattiḥ, api tu sādhyaniyatāddhetoḥ । ataḥ sādhyaniyato heturanvayavākyena vyatirekavākyena vā vaktavyaḥ । anyathā gamako noktaḥ syāt । sa tathokto dṛṣṭāntena <251> siddho darśayitavyaḥ । tasmād dṛṣṭānto nāmānvayavyatirekavākyārthapradarśanaḥ । na ceha vyatirekavākyaṃ prayuktam । ato vaidharmyadṛṣṭānta ihāsādṛśyamātreṇa sādhaka upanyastaḥ । na ca tathā sādhakaḥ । vyatirekaviṣayatvena sa sādhakaḥ । ca na tathopanyasta iti ayamapradarśitavyatireko vakturaparādhād duṣṭaḥ ॥

3.135

251,i (NBṬ_251,i_252,i)

("viparītavyatireko yathā — yadakṛtakaṃ tannityaṃ bhavatīti ॥ 135 ॥")(NB 3.135)

251,ii

viparīto vyatireko yasmin vaidharmyadṛṣṭānte sa tathoktaḥ । tamudāharati — yathā yada<252>kṛtakamityādi । ihānvaya vyatirekābhyāṃ sādhyaniyato heturdarśayitavyaḥ । yadā ca sādhyaniyato heturdarśayitavyastadā vyatirekavākye sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāve niyato darśayitavyaḥ । evaṃ hi hetuḥ sādhyaniyato darśitaḥ syāt । yadi tu sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāve niyato nākhyāyate sādhanasattāyāmapi sādhyābhāvaḥ sambhāvyeta । tathā ca sādhanaṃ sādhyaniyataṃ na pratīyeta । tasmāt sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāve niyato vaktavyaḥ । viparītavyatireke ca sādhanābhāvaḥ sādhyābhāve niyata ucyate । na sādhyābhāvaḥ sādhanābhāve । tathā hi — yadakṛtakamiti sādhanābhāvamanūdya tannityamiti sādhyābhāvavidhiḥ ।

252,i

tato'yamarthaḥ — akṛtako nitya eva । tathā ca sati akṛtakatvaṃ nityatve sādhyābhāve niyatamuktam, na nityatvaṃ sādhanābhāve । tato na sādhyaniyataṃ hetuṃ vyatirekavākyamāha । tathā ca viparītavyatireko'pi vakturaparādhād duṣṭaḥ ॥

<253>

3.136

253,i (NBṬ_253,i_253,iii)

dṛṣṭāntadoṣānudāhṛtya duṣṭatvanibandhanatvaṃ darśayitumāha —

("na hyebhirdṛṣṭāntābhāsairhetoḥ sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ sapakṣa eva satvaṃ vipakṣe ca sarvatrāsatvameva niścayena śakyaṃ darśayituṃ viśeṣalakṣaṇaṃ vā । tadarthāpatyaiṣāṃ nirāso draṣṭavyaḥ ॥ 136 ॥")(NB 3.136)

253,ii

nahyebhiriti । sādhyaniyatahetupradarśanāya hi dṛṣṭāntā vaktavyāḥ । ebhiśca hetoḥ sapakṣa eva sattvaṃ vipakṣe ca sarvatrāsattvameva yat sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ tat niścayena na śakyaṃ darśayitum ।

253,iii

nanu ca sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ viśeṣaniṣṭhameva pratipattavyaṃ na svata evetyāha — viśeṣalakṣaṇaṃ vā । yadi viśeṣalakṣaṇaṃ pratipādayituṃ śakyeta syādeva sāmānyalakṣaṇapratipattiḥ । viśeṣalakṣaṇameva tu na śakyamebhiḥ pratipādayitum । tasmādarthāpattyā sāmarthyena eṣāṃ nirākaraṇaṃ draṣṭavyam । sādhyaniyatasādhanapratītaye upāttāḥ । tadasamarthā duṣṭāḥ, svakāryākaraṇāditi asāmarthyam । iyatā sādhanamuktam ॥

<254>

3.137

254,i (NBṬ_254,i_254,ii)

dūṣaṇaṃ vaktumāha —

("dūṣaṇā nyūnatādyuktiḥ ॥ 137 ॥")(NB 3.137)

254,ii

dūṣaṇā kā draṣṭavyā ? nyūnatādīnāmuvitaḥ । ucyate'nayetyuvitarvacanam nyūnatādervacanam ॥

3.138

254,iii (NBṬ_254,iii_254,v)

dūṣaṇaṃ vivarītumāha —

("ye pūrvaṃ nyūnatādāyaḥ sādhanadoṣā uktāsteṣāmudbhāvanaṃ dūṣaṇam । tena pareṣṭārthasiddhipratibandhāt ॥ 138 ॥")(NB 3.138)

254,iv

ye pūrvaṃ nyūnatādayo'siddhaviruddhānaikāntikā uktāsteṣāmudbhāvakaṃ yadvacanaṃ tad dūṣaṇam ।

254,v

nanu ca nyūnatādayo na viparyayasādhanāḥ । tat kathaṃ dūṣaṇamityāha — tena nyūnatādivacanena pareṣāmiṣṭaścāsāvarthaśca tasya siddhiḥ niścayastasyāḥ pratibandhāt । nāvaśyaṃ viparyayasādhanādeva dūṣaṇaṃ viruddhavat । api tu parasyābhipretaniścayavibandhānniścayābhāvo bhavati niścayaviparyaya ityastyeva viparyayasiddhiriti । uktā dūṣaṇā ॥

<255>

3.139

255,i (NBṬ_255,i_255,ii)

("dūṣaṇābhāsāstu jātayaḥ ॥ 139 ॥")(NB 3.139)

255,ii

dūṣaṇābhāsā iti । dūṣaṇavadābhāsanta iti dūṣaṇābhāsāḥ । ke te ? jātayaḥ iti । jātiśabdaḥ sādṛśyavacanaḥ । uttarasadṛśāni jātyuttarāṇi । uttarasthānaprayuktatvād uttarasadṛśāni jātyuttarāṇi ॥

3.140

255,iii (NBṬ_255,iii_256,ii)

tadevottarasādṛśyamuttarasthānaprayuktvena darśayitumāha —

("abhūtadoṣodbhāvanāni jātyuttarāṇīti ॥ 140 ॥")(NB 3.140)

<॥ nyāyabinduḥ samāptaḥ ॥ laghudharmottarasūtraṃ samāptamiti ॥>

<256>

256,i

abhūtasyāsatyasya doṣasya udbhāvanāni । udbhāvyata etairityuddhāvanāni vacanāni । tāni jātyuttarāṇi । jātyā sādṛśyenottarāṇi jātyuttarāṇīti ॥

256,ii

katipayapadavastuvyākhyayā yanmayāptaṃ kuśalamamalamindoraṃśuvannyāyabindoḥ /

padamajaramavāpya jñānadharmottaraṃ yaj jagadupakṛtimātravyāpṛtiḥ syāmato'ham //

<॥ ācāryadharmottara viracitāyāṃ nyāyabinduṭīkāyāṃ tṛtīyaḥ paricchedaḥ samāptaḥ ॥>